Fix breakage for SHT_REL targets where get_r_addend() gives internal error.
[external/binutils.git] / gold / mips.cc
1 // mips.cc -- mips target support for gold.
2
3 // Copyright (C) 2011-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 // Written by Sasa Stankovic <sasa.stankovic@imgtec.com>
5 //        and Aleksandar Simeonov <aleksandar.simeonov@rt-rk.com>.
6 // This file contains borrowed and adapted code from bfd/elfxx-mips.c.
7
8 // This file is part of gold.
9
10 // This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
11 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
12 // the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
13 // (at your option) any later version.
14
15 // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
16 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
17 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
18 // GNU General Public License for more details.
19
20 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 // along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
22 // Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
23 // MA 02110-1301, USA.
24
25 #include "gold.h"
26
27 #include <algorithm>
28 #include <set>
29 #include <sstream>
30 #include "demangle.h"
31
32 #include "elfcpp.h"
33 #include "parameters.h"
34 #include "reloc.h"
35 #include "mips.h"
36 #include "object.h"
37 #include "symtab.h"
38 #include "layout.h"
39 #include "output.h"
40 #include "copy-relocs.h"
41 #include "target.h"
42 #include "target-reloc.h"
43 #include "target-select.h"
44 #include "tls.h"
45 #include "errors.h"
46 #include "gc.h"
47 #include "nacl.h"
48
49 namespace
50 {
51 using namespace gold;
52
53 template<int size, bool big_endian>
54 class Mips_output_data_plt;
55
56 template<int size, bool big_endian>
57 class Mips_output_data_got;
58
59 template<int size, bool big_endian>
60 class Target_mips;
61
62 template<int size, bool big_endian>
63 class Mips_output_section_reginfo;
64
65 template<int size, bool big_endian>
66 class Mips_output_data_la25_stub;
67
68 template<int size, bool big_endian>
69 class Mips_output_data_mips_stubs;
70
71 template<int size>
72 class Mips_symbol;
73
74 template<int size, bool big_endian>
75 class Mips_got_info;
76
77 template<int size, bool big_endian>
78 class Mips_relobj;
79
80 class Mips16_stub_section_base;
81
82 template<int size, bool big_endian>
83 class Mips16_stub_section;
84
85 // The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
86 // a global GOT entry.  Among other things, this provides the dynamic
87 // linker with a free, directly-indexed cache.  The GOT can therefore
88 // contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
89 // (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
90 // like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
91
92 // GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
93 // GOT entries towards the beginning.  We therefore divide the global
94 // GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only".  Entries in
95 // the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
96 // accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
97 // relocations only.
98
99 // These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
100 // values are more general than higher values.  Also, non-GGA_NONE
101 // values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT.
102
103 enum Global_got_area
104 {
105   GGA_NORMAL = 0,
106   GGA_RELOC_ONLY = 1,
107   GGA_NONE = 2
108 };
109
110 // The types of GOT entries needed for this platform.
111 // These values are exposed to the ABI in an incremental link.
112 // Do not renumber existing values without changing the version
113 // number of the .gnu_incremental_inputs section.
114 enum Got_type
115 {
116   GOT_TYPE_STANDARD = 0,      // GOT entry for a regular symbol
117   GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET = 1,    // GOT entry for TLS offset
118   GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR = 2,      // GOT entry for TLS module/offset pair
119
120   // GOT entries for multi-GOT. We support up to 1024 GOTs in multi-GOT links.
121   GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT = 3,
122   GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET_MULTIGOT = GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT + 1024,
123   GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR_MULTIGOT = GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET_MULTIGOT + 1024
124 };
125
126 // TLS type of GOT entry.
127 enum Got_tls_type
128 {
129   GOT_TLS_NONE = 0,
130   GOT_TLS_GD = 1,
131   GOT_TLS_LDM = 2,
132   GOT_TLS_IE = 4
133 };
134
135 // Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from OBJECT might
136 // require an la25 stub.  See also local_pic_function, which determines
137 // whether the destination function ever requires a stub.
138 template<int size, bool big_endian>
139 static inline bool
140 relocation_needs_la25_stub(Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
141                            unsigned int r_type, bool target_is_16_bit_code)
142 {
143   // We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
144   // where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
145   // necessary initialization of $25.  Sometimes such initialization
146   // is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
147   // the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly.
148   if (object->is_pic())
149     return false;
150
151   switch (r_type)
152     {
153     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26:
154     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC16:
155     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
156     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
157     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
158     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
159     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
160       return true;
161
162     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26:
163       return !target_is_16_bit_code;
164
165     default:
166       return false;
167     }
168 }
169
170 // Return true if SYM is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
171 // that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
172 // Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
173 // so they themselves never need $25 to be valid.  Only non-MIPS16
174 // entry points are of interest here.
175 template<int size, bool big_endian>
176 static inline bool
177 local_pic_function(Mips_symbol<size>* sym)
178 {
179   bool def_regular = (sym->source() == Symbol::FROM_OBJECT
180                       && !sym->object()->is_dynamic()
181                       && !sym->is_undefined());
182
183   if (sym->is_defined() && def_regular)
184     {
185       Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object =
186         static_cast<Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>*>(sym->object());
187
188       if ((object->is_pic() || sym->is_pic())
189           && (!sym->is_mips16()
190               || (sym->has_mips16_fn_stub() && sym->need_fn_stub())))
191         return true;
192     }
193   return false;
194 }
195
196 static inline bool
197 hi16_reloc(int r_type)
198 {
199   return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16
200           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16
201           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16);
202 }
203
204 static inline bool
205 lo16_reloc(int r_type)
206 {
207   return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_LO16
208           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16
209           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16);
210 }
211
212 static inline bool
213 got16_reloc(unsigned int r_type)
214 {
215   return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16
216           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16
217           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16);
218 }
219
220 static inline bool
221 call_lo16_reloc(unsigned int r_type)
222 {
223   return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
224           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16);
225 }
226
227 static inline bool
228 got_lo16_reloc(unsigned int r_type)
229 {
230   return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
231           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16);
232 }
233
234 static inline bool
235 got_disp_reloc(unsigned int r_type)
236 {
237   return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
238           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP);
239 }
240
241 static inline bool
242 got_page_reloc(unsigned int r_type)
243 {
244   return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
245           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE);
246 }
247
248 static inline bool
249 tls_gd_reloc(unsigned int r_type)
250 {
251   return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD
252           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
253           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD);
254 }
255
256 static inline bool
257 tls_gottprel_reloc(unsigned int r_type)
258 {
259   return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
260           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
261           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL);
262 }
263
264 static inline bool
265 tls_ldm_reloc(unsigned int r_type)
266 {
267   return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
268           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
269           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM);
270 }
271
272 static inline bool
273 mips16_call_reloc(unsigned int r_type)
274 {
275   return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
276           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16);
277 }
278
279 static inline bool
280 jal_reloc(unsigned int r_type)
281 {
282   return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_26
283           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
284           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1);
285 }
286
287 static inline bool
288 micromips_branch_reloc(unsigned int r_type)
289 {
290   return (r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
291           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
292           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
293           || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1);
294 }
295
296 // Check if R_TYPE is a MIPS16 reloc.
297 static inline bool
298 mips16_reloc(unsigned int r_type)
299 {
300   switch (r_type)
301     {
302     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26:
303     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GPREL:
304     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16:
305     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16:
306     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16:
307     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16:
308     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
309     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
310     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
311     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
312     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
313     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
314     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
315       return true;
316
317     default:
318       return false;
319     }
320 }
321
322 // Check if R_TYPE is a microMIPS reloc.
323 static inline bool
324 micromips_reloc(unsigned int r_type)
325 {
326   switch (r_type)
327     {
328     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
329     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
330     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16:
331     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
332     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
333     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
334     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
335     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
336     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
337     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
338     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
339     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
340     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
341     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
342     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
343     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_SUB:
344     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER:
345     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST:
346     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
347     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
348     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP:
349     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
350     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16:
351     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
352     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
353     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
354     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
355     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
356     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
357     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
358     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
359     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
360       return true;
361
362     default:
363       return false;
364     }
365 }
366
367 static inline bool
368 is_matching_lo16_reloc(unsigned int high_reloc, unsigned int lo16_reloc)
369 {
370   switch (high_reloc)
371     {
372     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16:
373     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16:
374       return lo16_reloc == elfcpp::R_MIPS_LO16;
375     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16:
376     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16:
377       return lo16_reloc == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16;
378     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
379     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
380       return lo16_reloc == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16;
381     default:
382       return false;
383     }
384 }
385
386 // This class is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
387 // There are three types of entry:
388 //
389 //    (1) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input object
390 //          (object != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM)
391 //    (2) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input object
392 //          (object != NULL, symndx == -1)
393 //    (3) a TLS LDM slot
394 //          (object != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM)
395
396 template<int size, bool big_endian>
397 class Mips_got_entry
398 {
399   typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr Mips_address;
400
401  public:
402   Mips_got_entry(Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object, unsigned int symndx,
403                  Mips_address addend, unsigned char tls_type,
404                  unsigned int shndx)
405     : object_(object), symndx_(symndx), tls_type_(tls_type), shndx_(shndx)
406   { this->d.addend = addend; }
407
408   Mips_got_entry(Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object, Mips_symbol<size>* sym,
409                  unsigned char tls_type)
410     : object_(object), symndx_(-1U), tls_type_(tls_type), shndx_(-1U)
411   { this->d.sym = sym; }
412
413   // Return whether this entry is for a local symbol.
414   bool
415   is_for_local_symbol() const
416   { return this->symndx_ != -1U; }
417
418   // Return whether this entry is for a global symbol.
419   bool
420   is_for_global_symbol() const
421   { return this->symndx_ == -1U; }
422
423   // Return the hash of this entry.
424   size_t
425   hash() const
426   {
427     if (this->tls_type_ == GOT_TLS_LDM)
428       return this->symndx_ + (1 << 18);
429     if (this->symndx_ != -1U)
430       {
431         uintptr_t object_id = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(this->object());
432         return this->symndx_ + object_id + this->d.addend;
433       }
434     else
435       {
436         uintptr_t sym_id = reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(this->d.sym);
437         return this->symndx_ + sym_id;
438       }
439   }
440
441   // Return whether this entry is equal to OTHER.
442   bool
443   equals(Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>* other) const
444   {
445     if (this->symndx_ != other->symndx_
446         || this->tls_type_ != other->tls_type_)
447       return false;
448     if (this->tls_type_ == GOT_TLS_LDM)
449       return true;
450     if (this->symndx_ != -1U)
451       return (this->object() == other->object()
452               && this->d.addend == other->d.addend);
453     else
454       return this->d.sym == other->d.sym;
455   }
456
457   // Return input object that needs this GOT entry.
458   Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>*
459   object() const
460   {
461     gold_assert(this->object_ != NULL);
462     return this->object_;
463   }
464
465   // Return local symbol index for local GOT entries.
466   unsigned int
467   symndx() const
468   {
469     gold_assert(this->symndx_ != -1U);
470     return this->symndx_;
471   }
472
473   // Return the relocation addend for local GOT entries.
474   Mips_address
475   addend() const
476   {
477     gold_assert(this->symndx_ != -1U);
478     return this->d.addend;
479   }
480
481   // Return global symbol for global GOT entries.
482   Mips_symbol<size>*
483   sym() const
484   {
485     gold_assert(this->symndx_ == -1U);
486     return this->d.sym;
487   }
488
489   // Return whether this is a TLS GOT entry.
490   bool
491   is_tls_entry() const
492   { return this->tls_type_ != GOT_TLS_NONE; }
493
494   // Return TLS type of this GOT entry.
495   unsigned char
496   tls_type() const
497   { return this->tls_type_; }
498
499   // Return section index of the local symbol for local GOT entries.
500   unsigned int
501   shndx() const
502   { return this->shndx_; }
503
504  private:
505   // The input object that needs the GOT entry.
506   Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object_;
507   // The index of the symbol if we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise.
508   unsigned int symndx_;
509
510   union
511   {
512     // If symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation that should be added to the
513     // symbol value.
514     Mips_address addend;
515     // If symndx == -1, the global symbol corresponding to this GOT entry.  The
516     // symbol's entry is in the local area if mips_sym->global_got_area is
517     // GGA_NONE, otherwise it is in the global area.
518     Mips_symbol<size>* sym;
519   } d;
520
521   // The TLS type of this GOT entry.  An LDM GOT entry will be a local
522   // symbol entry with r_symndx == 0.
523   unsigned char tls_type_;
524
525   // For local GOT entries, section index of the local symbol.
526   unsigned int shndx_;
527 };
528
529 // Hash for Mips_got_entry.
530
531 template<int size, bool big_endian>
532 class Mips_got_entry_hash
533 {
534  public:
535   size_t
536   operator()(Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>* entry) const
537   { return entry->hash(); }
538 };
539
540 // Equality for Mips_got_entry.
541
542 template<int size, bool big_endian>
543 class Mips_got_entry_eq
544 {
545  public:
546   bool
547   operator()(Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>* e1,
548              Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>* e2) const
549   { return e1->equals(e2); }
550 };
551
552 // Got_page_range.  This class describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND,
553 // MAX_ADDEND].  The instances form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by
554 // increasing MIN_ADDEND.
555
556 struct Got_page_range
557 {
558   Got_page_range()
559     : next(NULL), min_addend(0), max_addend(0)
560   { }
561
562   Got_page_range* next;
563   int min_addend;
564   int max_addend;
565
566   // Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required.
567   int
568   get_max_pages()
569   { return (this->max_addend - this->min_addend + 0x1ffff) >> 16; }
570 };
571
572 // Got_page_entry.  This class describes the range of addends that are applied
573 // to page relocations against a given symbol.
574
575 struct Got_page_entry
576 {
577   Got_page_entry()
578     : object(NULL), symndx(-1U), ranges(NULL), num_pages(0)
579   { }
580
581   Got_page_entry(Object* object_, unsigned int symndx_)
582     : object(object_), symndx(symndx_), ranges(NULL), num_pages(0)
583   { }
584
585   // The input object that needs the GOT page entry.
586   Object* object;
587   // The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info.
588   unsigned int symndx;
589   // The ranges for this page entry.
590   Got_page_range* ranges;
591   // The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES.
592   unsigned int num_pages;
593 };
594
595 // Hash for Got_page_entry.
596
597 struct Got_page_entry_hash
598 {
599   size_t
600   operator()(Got_page_entry* entry) const
601   { return reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(entry->object) + entry->symndx; }
602 };
603
604 // Equality for Got_page_entry.
605
606 struct Got_page_entry_eq
607 {
608   bool
609   operator()(Got_page_entry* entry1, Got_page_entry* entry2) const
610   {
611     return entry1->object == entry2->object && entry1->symndx == entry2->symndx;
612   }
613 };
614
615 // This class is used to hold .got information when linking.
616
617 template<int size, bool big_endian>
618 class Mips_got_info
619 {
620   typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr Mips_address;
621   typedef Output_data_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, true, size, big_endian>
622     Reloc_section;
623   typedef Unordered_map<unsigned int, unsigned int> Got_page_offsets;
624
625   // Unordered set of GOT entries.
626   typedef Unordered_set<Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>*,
627       Mips_got_entry_hash<size, big_endian>,
628       Mips_got_entry_eq<size, big_endian> > Got_entry_set;
629
630   // Unordered set of GOT page entries.
631   typedef Unordered_set<Got_page_entry*,
632       Got_page_entry_hash, Got_page_entry_eq> Got_page_entry_set;
633
634  public:
635   Mips_got_info()
636     : local_gotno_(0), page_gotno_(0), global_gotno_(0), reloc_only_gotno_(0),
637       tls_gotno_(0), tls_ldm_offset_(-1U), global_got_symbols_(),
638       got_entries_(), got_page_entries_(), got_page_offset_start_(0),
639       got_page_offset_next_(0), got_page_offsets_(), next_(NULL), index_(-1U),
640       offset_(0)
641   { }
642
643   // Reserve GOT entry for a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol
644   // SYMNDX + ADDEND, where SYMNDX is a local symbol in section SHNDX in OBJECT.
645   void
646   record_local_got_symbol(Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
647                           unsigned int symndx, Mips_address addend,
648                           unsigned int r_type, unsigned int shndx);
649
650   // Reserve GOT entry for a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against MIPS_SYM,
651   // in OBJECT.  FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
652   // using the GOT entry for calls.  DYN_RELOC is true if R_TYPE is a dynamic
653   // relocation.
654   void
655   record_global_got_symbol(Mips_symbol<size>* mips_sym,
656                            Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
657                            unsigned int r_type, bool dyn_reloc, bool for_call);
658
659   // Add ENTRY to master GOT and to OBJECT's GOT.
660   void
661   record_got_entry(Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>* entry,
662                    Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object);
663
664   // Record that OBJECT has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
665   // that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
666   void
667   record_got_page_entry(Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
668                         unsigned int symndx, int addend);
669
670   // Create all entries that should be in the local part of the GOT.
671   void
672   add_local_entries(Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target, Layout* layout);
673
674   // Create GOT page entries.
675   void
676   add_page_entries(Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target, Layout* layout);
677
678   // Create global GOT entries, both GGA_NORMAL and GGA_RELOC_ONLY.
679   void
680   add_global_entries(Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target, Layout* layout,
681                      unsigned int non_reloc_only_global_gotno);
682
683   // Create global GOT entries that should be in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area.
684   void
685   add_reloc_only_entries(Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>* got);
686
687   // Create TLS GOT entries.
688   void
689   add_tls_entries(Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target, Layout* layout);
690
691   // Decide whether the symbol needs an entry in the global part of the primary
692   // GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.  Count the number of global
693   // symbols that are in the primary GOT only because they have dynamic
694   // relocations R_MIPS_REL32 against them (reloc_only_gotno).
695   void
696   count_got_symbols(Symbol_table* symtab);
697
698   // Return the offset of GOT page entry for VALUE.
699   unsigned int
700   get_got_page_offset(Mips_address value,
701                       Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>* got);
702
703   // Count the number of GOT entries required.
704   void
705   count_got_entries();
706
707   // Count the number of GOT entries required by ENTRY.  Accumulate the result.
708   void
709   count_got_entry(Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>* entry);
710
711   // Add FROM's GOT entries.
712   void
713   add_got_entries(Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* from);
714
715   // Add FROM's GOT page entries.
716   void
717   add_got_page_entries(Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* from);
718
719   // Return GOT size.
720   unsigned int
721   got_size() const
722   { return ((2 + this->local_gotno_ + this->page_gotno_ + this->global_gotno_
723              + this->tls_gotno_) * size/8);
724   }
725
726   // Return the number of local GOT entries.
727   unsigned int
728   local_gotno() const
729   { return this->local_gotno_; }
730
731   // Return the maximum number of page GOT entries needed.
732   unsigned int
733   page_gotno() const
734   { return this->page_gotno_; }
735
736   // Return the number of global GOT entries.
737   unsigned int
738   global_gotno() const
739   { return this->global_gotno_; }
740
741   // Set the number of global GOT entries.
742   void
743   set_global_gotno(unsigned int global_gotno)
744   { this->global_gotno_ = global_gotno; }
745
746   // Return the number of GGA_RELOC_ONLY global GOT entries.
747   unsigned int
748   reloc_only_gotno() const
749   { return this->reloc_only_gotno_; }
750
751   // Return the number of TLS GOT entries.
752   unsigned int
753   tls_gotno() const
754   { return this->tls_gotno_; }
755
756   // Return the GOT type for this GOT.  Used for multi-GOT links only.
757   unsigned int
758   multigot_got_type(unsigned int got_type) const
759   {
760     switch (got_type)
761       {
762       case GOT_TYPE_STANDARD:
763         return GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT + this->index_;
764       case GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET:
765         return GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET_MULTIGOT + this->index_;
766       case GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR:
767         return GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR_MULTIGOT + this->index_;
768       default:
769         gold_unreachable();
770       }
771   }
772
773   // Remove lazy-binding stubs for global symbols in this GOT.
774   void
775   remove_lazy_stubs(Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target);
776
777   // Return offset of this GOT from the start of .got section.
778   unsigned int
779   offset() const
780   { return this->offset_; }
781
782   // Set offset of this GOT from the start of .got section.
783   void
784   set_offset(unsigned int offset)
785   { this->offset_ = offset; }
786
787   // Set index of this GOT in multi-GOT links.
788   void
789   set_index(unsigned int index)
790   { this->index_ = index; }
791
792   // Return next GOT in multi-GOT links.
793   Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>*
794   next() const
795   { return this->next_; }
796
797   // Set next GOT in multi-GOT links.
798   void
799   set_next(Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* next)
800   { this->next_ = next; }
801
802   // Return the offset of TLS LDM entry for this GOT.
803   unsigned int
804   tls_ldm_offset() const
805   { return this->tls_ldm_offset_; }
806
807   // Set the offset of TLS LDM entry for this GOT.
808   void
809   set_tls_ldm_offset(unsigned int tls_ldm_offset)
810   { this->tls_ldm_offset_ = tls_ldm_offset; }
811
812   Unordered_set<Mips_symbol<size>*>&
813   global_got_symbols()
814   { return this->global_got_symbols_; }
815
816   // Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE.
817   static int
818   mips_elf_reloc_tls_type(unsigned int r_type)
819   {
820     if (tls_gd_reloc(r_type))
821       return GOT_TLS_GD;
822
823     if (tls_ldm_reloc(r_type))
824       return GOT_TLS_LDM;
825
826     if (tls_gottprel_reloc(r_type))
827       return GOT_TLS_IE;
828
829     return GOT_TLS_NONE;
830   }
831
832   // Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE.
833   static int
834   mips_tls_got_entries(unsigned int type)
835   {
836     switch (type)
837       {
838       case GOT_TLS_GD:
839       case GOT_TLS_LDM:
840         return 2;
841
842       case GOT_TLS_IE:
843         return 1;
844
845       case GOT_TLS_NONE:
846         return 0;
847
848       default:
849         gold_unreachable();
850       }
851   }
852
853  private:
854   // The number of local GOT entries.
855   unsigned int local_gotno_;
856   // The maximum number of page GOT entries needed.
857   unsigned int page_gotno_;
858   // The number of global GOT entries.
859   unsigned int global_gotno_;
860   // The number of global GOT entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area.
861   unsigned int reloc_only_gotno_;
862   // The number of TLS GOT entries.
863   unsigned int tls_gotno_;
864   // The offset of TLS LDM entry for this GOT.
865   unsigned int tls_ldm_offset_;
866   // All symbols that have global GOT entry.
867   Unordered_set<Mips_symbol<size>*> global_got_symbols_;
868   // A hash table holding GOT entries.
869   Got_entry_set got_entries_;
870   // A hash table of GOT page entries.
871   Got_page_entry_set got_page_entries_;
872   // The offset of first GOT page entry for this GOT.
873   unsigned int got_page_offset_start_;
874   // The offset of next available GOT page entry for this GOT.
875   unsigned int got_page_offset_next_;
876   // A hash table that maps GOT page entry value to the GOT offset where
877   // the entry is located.
878   Got_page_offsets got_page_offsets_;
879   // In multi-GOT links, a pointer to the next GOT.
880   Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* next_;
881   // Index of this GOT in multi-GOT links.
882   unsigned int index_;
883   // The offset of this GOT in multi-GOT links.
884   unsigned int offset_;
885 };
886
887 // This is a helper class used during relocation scan.  It records GOT16 addend.
888
889 template<int size, bool big_endian>
890 struct got16_addend
891 {
892   typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr Mips_address;
893
894   got16_addend(const Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* _object,
895                unsigned int _shndx, unsigned int _r_type, unsigned int _r_sym,
896                Mips_address _addend)
897     : object(_object), shndx(_shndx), r_type(_r_type), r_sym(_r_sym),
898       addend(_addend)
899   { }
900
901   const Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object;
902   unsigned int shndx;
903   unsigned int r_type;
904   unsigned int r_sym;
905   Mips_address addend;
906 };
907
908 // Mips_symbol class.  Holds additional symbol information needed for Mips.
909
910 template<int size>
911 class Mips_symbol : public Sized_symbol<size>
912 {
913  public:
914   Mips_symbol()
915     : need_fn_stub_(false), has_nonpic_branches_(false), la25_stub_offset_(-1U),
916       has_static_relocs_(false), no_lazy_stub_(false), lazy_stub_offset_(0),
917       pointer_equality_needed_(false), global_got_area_(GGA_NONE),
918       global_gotoffset_(-1U), got_only_for_calls_(true), has_lazy_stub_(false),
919       needs_mips_plt_(false), needs_comp_plt_(false), mips_plt_offset_(-1U),
920       comp_plt_offset_(-1U), mips16_fn_stub_(NULL), mips16_call_stub_(NULL),
921       mips16_call_fp_stub_(NULL), applied_secondary_got_fixup_(false)
922   { }
923
924   // Return whether this is a MIPS16 symbol.
925   bool
926   is_mips16() const
927   {
928     // (st_other & STO_MIPS16) == STO_MIPS16
929     return ((this->nonvis() & (elfcpp::STO_MIPS16 >> 2))
930             == elfcpp::STO_MIPS16 >> 2);
931   }
932
933   // Return whether this is a microMIPS symbol.
934   bool
935   is_micromips() const
936   {
937     // (st_other & STO_MIPS_ISA) == STO_MICROMIPS
938     return ((this->nonvis() & (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_ISA >> 2))
939             == elfcpp::STO_MICROMIPS >> 2);
940   }
941
942   // Return whether the symbol needs MIPS16 fn_stub.
943   bool
944   need_fn_stub() const
945   { return this->need_fn_stub_; }
946
947   // Set that the symbol needs MIPS16 fn_stub.
948   void
949   set_need_fn_stub()
950   { this->need_fn_stub_ = true; }
951
952   // Return whether this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
953   // any non-PIC input file.
954   bool
955   has_nonpic_branches() const
956   { return this->has_nonpic_branches_; }
957
958   // Set that this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
959   // any non-PIC input file.
960   void
961   set_has_nonpic_branches()
962   { this->has_nonpic_branches_ = true; }
963
964   // Return the offset of the la25 stub for this symbol from the start of the
965   // la25 stub section.
966   unsigned int
967   la25_stub_offset() const
968   { return this->la25_stub_offset_; }
969
970   // Set the offset of the la25 stub for this symbol from the start of the
971   // la25 stub section.
972   void
973   set_la25_stub_offset(unsigned int offset)
974   { this->la25_stub_offset_ = offset; }
975
976   // Return whether the symbol has la25 stub.  This is true if this symbol is
977   // for a PIC function, and there are non-PIC branches and jumps to it.
978   bool
979   has_la25_stub() const
980   { return this->la25_stub_offset_ != -1U; }
981
982   // Return whether there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
983   // resolved by the static linker (that is, the relocation cannot possibly
984   // be made dynamic).
985   bool
986   has_static_relocs() const
987   { return this->has_static_relocs_; }
988
989   // Set that there is a relocation against this symbol that must be resolved
990   // by the static linker (that is, the relocation cannot possibly be made
991   // dynamic).
992   void
993   set_has_static_relocs()
994   { this->has_static_relocs_ = true; }
995
996   // Return whether we must not create a lazy-binding stub for this symbol.
997   bool
998   no_lazy_stub() const
999   { return this->no_lazy_stub_; }
1000
1001   // Set that we must not create a lazy-binding stub for this symbol.
1002   void
1003   set_no_lazy_stub()
1004   { this->no_lazy_stub_ = true; }
1005
1006   // Return the offset of the lazy-binding stub for this symbol from the start
1007   // of .MIPS.stubs section.
1008   unsigned int
1009   lazy_stub_offset() const
1010   { return this->lazy_stub_offset_; }
1011
1012   // Set the offset of the lazy-binding stub for this symbol from the start
1013   // of .MIPS.stubs section.
1014   void
1015   set_lazy_stub_offset(unsigned int offset)
1016   { this->lazy_stub_offset_ = offset; }
1017
1018   // Return whether there are any relocations for this symbol where
1019   // pointer equality matters.
1020   bool
1021   pointer_equality_needed() const
1022   { return this->pointer_equality_needed_; }
1023
1024   // Set that there are relocations for this symbol where pointer equality
1025   // matters.
1026   void
1027   set_pointer_equality_needed()
1028   { this->pointer_equality_needed_ = true; }
1029
1030   // Return global GOT area where this symbol in located.
1031   Global_got_area
1032   global_got_area() const
1033   { return this->global_got_area_; }
1034
1035   // Set global GOT area where this symbol in located.
1036   void
1037   set_global_got_area(Global_got_area global_got_area)
1038   { this->global_got_area_ = global_got_area; }
1039
1040   // Return the global GOT offset for this symbol.  For multi-GOT links, this
1041   // returns the offset from the start of .got section to the first GOT entry
1042   // for the symbol.  Note that in multi-GOT links the symbol can have entry
1043   // in more than one GOT.
1044   unsigned int
1045   global_gotoffset() const
1046   { return this->global_gotoffset_; }
1047
1048   // Set the global GOT offset for this symbol.  Note that in multi-GOT links
1049   // the symbol can have entry in more than one GOT.  This method will set
1050   // the offset only if it is less than current offset.
1051   void
1052   set_global_gotoffset(unsigned int offset)
1053   {
1054     if (this->global_gotoffset_ == -1U || offset < this->global_gotoffset_)
1055       this->global_gotoffset_ = offset;
1056   }
1057
1058   // Return whether all GOT relocations for this symbol are for calls.
1059   bool
1060   got_only_for_calls() const
1061   { return this->got_only_for_calls_; }
1062
1063   // Set that there is a GOT relocation for this symbol that is not for call.
1064   void
1065   set_got_not_only_for_calls()
1066   { this->got_only_for_calls_ = false; }
1067
1068   // Return whether this is a PIC symbol.
1069   bool
1070   is_pic() const
1071   {
1072     // (st_other & STO_MIPS_FLAGS) == STO_MIPS_PIC
1073     return ((this->nonvis() & (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_FLAGS >> 2))
1074             == (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_PIC >> 2));
1075   }
1076
1077   // Set the flag in st_other field that marks this symbol as PIC.
1078   void
1079   set_pic()
1080   {
1081     if (this->is_mips16())
1082       // (st_other & ~(STO_MIPS16 | STO_MIPS_FLAGS)) | STO_MIPS_PIC
1083       this->set_nonvis((this->nonvis()
1084                         & ~((elfcpp::STO_MIPS16 >> 2)
1085                             | (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_FLAGS >> 2)))
1086                        | (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_PIC >> 2));
1087     else
1088       // (other & ~STO_MIPS_FLAGS) | STO_MIPS_PIC
1089       this->set_nonvis((this->nonvis() & ~(elfcpp::STO_MIPS_FLAGS >> 2))
1090                        | (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_PIC >> 2));
1091   }
1092
1093   // Set the flag in st_other field that marks this symbol as PLT.
1094   void
1095   set_mips_plt()
1096   {
1097     if (this->is_mips16())
1098       // (st_other & (STO_MIPS16 | ~STO_MIPS_FLAGS)) | STO_MIPS_PLT
1099       this->set_nonvis((this->nonvis()
1100                         & ((elfcpp::STO_MIPS16 >> 2)
1101                            | ~(elfcpp::STO_MIPS_FLAGS >> 2)))
1102                        | (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_PLT >> 2));
1103
1104     else
1105       // (st_other & ~STO_MIPS_FLAGS) | STO_MIPS_PLT
1106       this->set_nonvis((this->nonvis() & ~(elfcpp::STO_MIPS_FLAGS >> 2))
1107                        | (elfcpp::STO_MIPS_PLT >> 2));
1108   }
1109
1110   // Downcast a base pointer to a Mips_symbol pointer.
1111   static Mips_symbol<size>*
1112   as_mips_sym(Symbol* sym)
1113   { return static_cast<Mips_symbol<size>*>(sym); }
1114
1115   // Downcast a base pointer to a Mips_symbol pointer.
1116   static const Mips_symbol<size>*
1117   as_mips_sym(const Symbol* sym)
1118   { return static_cast<const Mips_symbol<size>*>(sym); }
1119
1120   // Return whether the symbol has lazy-binding stub.
1121   bool
1122   has_lazy_stub() const
1123   { return this->has_lazy_stub_; }
1124
1125   // Set whether the symbol has lazy-binding stub.
1126   void
1127   set_has_lazy_stub(bool has_lazy_stub)
1128   { this->has_lazy_stub_ = has_lazy_stub; }
1129
1130   // Return whether the symbol needs a standard PLT entry.
1131   bool
1132   needs_mips_plt() const
1133   { return this->needs_mips_plt_; }
1134
1135   // Set whether the symbol needs a standard PLT entry.
1136   void
1137   set_needs_mips_plt(bool needs_mips_plt)
1138   { this->needs_mips_plt_ = needs_mips_plt; }
1139
1140   // Return whether the symbol needs a compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT
1141   // entry.
1142   bool
1143   needs_comp_plt() const
1144   { return this->needs_comp_plt_; }
1145
1146   // Set whether the symbol needs a compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry.
1147   void
1148   set_needs_comp_plt(bool needs_comp_plt)
1149   { this->needs_comp_plt_ = needs_comp_plt; }
1150
1151   // Return standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none.
1152   unsigned int
1153   mips_plt_offset() const
1154   { return this->mips_plt_offset_; }
1155
1156   // Set standard PLT entry offset.
1157   void
1158   set_mips_plt_offset(unsigned int mips_plt_offset)
1159   { this->mips_plt_offset_ = mips_plt_offset; }
1160
1161   // Return whether the symbol has standard PLT entry.
1162   bool
1163   has_mips_plt_offset() const
1164   { return this->mips_plt_offset_ != -1U; }
1165
1166   // Return compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry offset, or -1 if none.
1167   unsigned int
1168   comp_plt_offset() const
1169   { return this->comp_plt_offset_; }
1170
1171   // Set compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry offset.
1172   void
1173   set_comp_plt_offset(unsigned int comp_plt_offset)
1174   { this->comp_plt_offset_ = comp_plt_offset; }
1175
1176   // Return whether the symbol has compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry.
1177   bool
1178   has_comp_plt_offset() const
1179   { return this->comp_plt_offset_ != -1U; }
1180
1181   // Return MIPS16 fn stub for a symbol.
1182   template<bool big_endian>
1183   Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>*
1184   get_mips16_fn_stub() const
1185   {
1186     return static_cast<Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>*>(mips16_fn_stub_);
1187   }
1188
1189   // Set MIPS16 fn stub for a symbol.
1190   void
1191   set_mips16_fn_stub(Mips16_stub_section_base* stub)
1192   { this->mips16_fn_stub_ = stub; }
1193
1194   // Return whether symbol has MIPS16 fn stub.
1195   bool
1196   has_mips16_fn_stub() const
1197   { return this->mips16_fn_stub_ != NULL; }
1198
1199   // Return MIPS16 call stub for a symbol.
1200   template<bool big_endian>
1201   Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>*
1202   get_mips16_call_stub() const
1203   {
1204     return static_cast<Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>*>(
1205       mips16_call_stub_);
1206   }
1207
1208   // Set MIPS16 call stub for a symbol.
1209   void
1210   set_mips16_call_stub(Mips16_stub_section_base* stub)
1211   { this->mips16_call_stub_ = stub; }
1212
1213   // Return whether symbol has MIPS16 call stub.
1214   bool
1215   has_mips16_call_stub() const
1216   { return this->mips16_call_stub_ != NULL; }
1217
1218   // Return MIPS16 call_fp stub for a symbol.
1219   template<bool big_endian>
1220   Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>*
1221   get_mips16_call_fp_stub() const
1222   {
1223     return static_cast<Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>*>(
1224       mips16_call_fp_stub_);
1225   }
1226
1227   // Set MIPS16 call_fp stub for a symbol.
1228   void
1229   set_mips16_call_fp_stub(Mips16_stub_section_base* stub)
1230   { this->mips16_call_fp_stub_ = stub; }
1231
1232   // Return whether symbol has MIPS16 call_fp stub.
1233   bool
1234   has_mips16_call_fp_stub() const
1235   { return this->mips16_call_fp_stub_ != NULL; }
1236
1237   bool
1238   get_applied_secondary_got_fixup() const
1239   { return applied_secondary_got_fixup_; }
1240
1241   void
1242   set_applied_secondary_got_fixup()
1243   { this->applied_secondary_got_fixup_ = true; }
1244
1245  private:
1246   // Whether the symbol needs MIPS16 fn_stub.  This is true if this symbol
1247   // appears in any relocs other than a 16 bit call.
1248   bool need_fn_stub_;
1249
1250   // True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
1251   // any non-PIC input file.  This is used to determine whether an
1252   // la25 stub is required.
1253   bool has_nonpic_branches_;
1254
1255   // The offset of the la25 stub for this symbol from the start of the
1256   // la25 stub section.
1257   unsigned int la25_stub_offset_;
1258
1259   // True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
1260   // resolved by the static linker (that is, the relocation cannot
1261   // possibly be made dynamic).
1262   bool has_static_relocs_;
1263
1264   // Whether we must not create a lazy-binding stub for this symbol.
1265   // This is true if the symbol has relocations related to taking the
1266   // function's address.
1267   bool no_lazy_stub_;
1268
1269   // The offset of the lazy-binding stub for this symbol from the start of
1270   // .MIPS.stubs section.
1271   unsigned int lazy_stub_offset_;
1272
1273   // True if there are any relocations for this symbol where pointer equality
1274   // matters.
1275   bool pointer_equality_needed_;
1276
1277   // Global GOT area where this symbol in located, or GGA_NONE if symbol is not
1278   // in the global part of the GOT.
1279   Global_got_area global_got_area_;
1280
1281   // The global GOT offset for this symbol.  For multi-GOT links, this is offset
1282   // from the start of .got section to the first GOT entry for the symbol.
1283   // Note that in multi-GOT links the symbol can have entry in more than one GOT.
1284   unsigned int global_gotoffset_;
1285
1286   // Whether all GOT relocations for this symbol are for calls.
1287   bool got_only_for_calls_;
1288   // Whether the symbol has lazy-binding stub.
1289   bool has_lazy_stub_;
1290   // Whether the symbol needs a standard PLT entry.
1291   bool needs_mips_plt_;
1292   // Whether the symbol needs a compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry.
1293   bool needs_comp_plt_;
1294   // Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none.
1295   unsigned int mips_plt_offset_;
1296   // Compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry offset, or -1 if none.
1297   unsigned int comp_plt_offset_;
1298   // MIPS16 fn stub for a symbol.
1299   Mips16_stub_section_base* mips16_fn_stub_;
1300   // MIPS16 call stub for a symbol.
1301   Mips16_stub_section_base* mips16_call_stub_;
1302   // MIPS16 call_fp stub for a symbol.
1303   Mips16_stub_section_base* mips16_call_fp_stub_;
1304
1305   bool applied_secondary_got_fixup_;
1306 };
1307
1308 // Mips16_stub_section class.
1309
1310 // The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
1311 // floating point arguments.
1312
1313 // Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
1314 // copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
1315 // then jump to FNNAME.  If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
1316 // call should be redirected to the stub instead.  If no 32 bit
1317 // function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded.  We need to
1318 // consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
1319 // if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
1320 // since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
1321
1322 // Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
1323 // that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
1324 // regs and then jump to FNNAME.  If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
1325 // then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
1326 // to the stub instead.  If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
1327 // stub should be discarded.
1328
1329 // .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
1330 // which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
1331 // to the gp regs.  These stubs store the return address in $18 while
1332 // calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1333 // must arrange to save $18 around the call.  (This case is not
1334 // needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1335 // 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1336 // $f0/$f1 and $2/$3.)
1337
1338 // Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1339 // Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally.  Instead, the relocation
1340 // information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1341
1342 // We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table.
1343
1344 // TODO(sasa): All mips16 stub sections should be emitted in the .text section.
1345
1346 class Mips16_stub_section_base { };
1347
1348 template<int size, bool big_endian>
1349 class Mips16_stub_section : public Mips16_stub_section_base
1350 {
1351   typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr Mips_address;
1352
1353  public:
1354   Mips16_stub_section(Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object, unsigned int shndx)
1355     : object_(object), shndx_(shndx), r_sym_(0), gsym_(NULL),
1356       found_r_mips_none_(false)
1357   {
1358     gold_assert(object->is_mips16_fn_stub_section(shndx)
1359                 || object->is_mips16_call_stub_section(shndx)
1360                 || object->is_mips16_call_fp_stub_section(shndx));
1361   }
1362
1363   // Return the object of this stub section.
1364   Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>*
1365   object() const
1366   { return this->object_; }
1367
1368   // Return the size of a section.
1369   uint64_t
1370   section_size() const
1371   { return this->object_->section_size(this->shndx_); }
1372
1373   // Return section index of this stub section.
1374   unsigned int
1375   shndx() const
1376   { return this->shndx_; }
1377
1378   // Return symbol index, if stub is for a local function.
1379   unsigned int
1380   r_sym() const
1381   { return this->r_sym_; }
1382
1383   // Return symbol, if stub is for a global function.
1384   Mips_symbol<size>*
1385   gsym() const
1386   { return this->gsym_; }
1387
1388   // Return whether stub is for a local function.
1389   bool
1390   is_for_local_function() const
1391   { return this->gsym_ == NULL; }
1392
1393   // This method is called when a new relocation R_TYPE for local symbol R_SYM
1394   // is found in the stub section.  Try to find stub target.
1395   void
1396   new_local_reloc_found(unsigned int r_type, unsigned int r_sym)
1397   {
1398     // To find target symbol for this stub, trust the first R_MIPS_NONE
1399     // relocation, if any.  Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever
1400     // its kind.
1401     if (this->found_r_mips_none_)
1402       return;
1403     if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE)
1404       {
1405         this->r_sym_ = r_sym;
1406         this->gsym_ = NULL;
1407         this->found_r_mips_none_ = true;
1408       }
1409     else if (!is_target_found())
1410       this->r_sym_ = r_sym;
1411   }
1412
1413   // This method is called when a new relocation R_TYPE for global symbol GSYM
1414   // is found in the stub section.  Try to find stub target.
1415   void
1416   new_global_reloc_found(unsigned int r_type, Mips_symbol<size>* gsym)
1417   {
1418     // To find target symbol for this stub, trust the first R_MIPS_NONE
1419     // relocation, if any.  Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever
1420     // its kind.
1421     if (this->found_r_mips_none_)
1422       return;
1423     if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE)
1424       {
1425         this->gsym_ = gsym;
1426         this->r_sym_ = 0;
1427         this->found_r_mips_none_ = true;
1428       }
1429     else if (!is_target_found())
1430       this->gsym_ = gsym;
1431   }
1432
1433   // Return whether we found the stub target.
1434   bool
1435   is_target_found() const
1436   { return this->r_sym_ != 0 || this->gsym_ != NULL;  }
1437
1438   // Return whether this is a fn stub.
1439   bool
1440   is_fn_stub() const
1441   { return this->object_->is_mips16_fn_stub_section(this->shndx_); }
1442
1443   // Return whether this is a call stub.
1444   bool
1445   is_call_stub() const
1446   { return this->object_->is_mips16_call_stub_section(this->shndx_); }
1447
1448   // Return whether this is a call_fp stub.
1449   bool
1450   is_call_fp_stub() const
1451   { return this->object_->is_mips16_call_fp_stub_section(this->shndx_); }
1452
1453   // Return the output address.
1454   Mips_address
1455   output_address() const
1456   {
1457     return (this->object_->output_section(this->shndx_)->address()
1458             + this->object_->output_section_offset(this->shndx_));
1459   }
1460
1461  private:
1462   // The object of this stub section.
1463   Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object_;
1464   // The section index of this stub section.
1465   unsigned int shndx_;
1466   // The symbol index, if stub is for a local function.
1467   unsigned int r_sym_;
1468   // The symbol, if stub is for a global function.
1469   Mips_symbol<size>* gsym_;
1470   // True if we found R_MIPS_NONE relocation in this stub.
1471   bool found_r_mips_none_;
1472 };
1473
1474 // Mips_relobj class.
1475
1476 template<int size, bool big_endian>
1477 class Mips_relobj : public Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>
1478 {
1479   typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr Mips_address;
1480   typedef std::map<unsigned int, Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>*>
1481     Mips16_stubs_int_map;
1482   typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
1483
1484  public:
1485   Mips_relobj(const std::string& name, Input_file* input_file, off_t offset,
1486               const typename elfcpp::Ehdr<size, big_endian>& ehdr)
1487     : Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>(name, input_file, offset, ehdr),
1488       processor_specific_flags_(0), local_symbol_is_mips16_(),
1489       local_symbol_is_micromips_(), mips16_stub_sections_(),
1490       local_non_16bit_calls_(), local_16bit_calls_(), local_mips16_fn_stubs_(),
1491       local_mips16_call_stubs_(), gp_(0), got_info_(NULL),
1492       section_is_mips16_fn_stub_(), section_is_mips16_call_stub_(),
1493       section_is_mips16_call_fp_stub_(), pdr_shndx_(-1U), gprmask_(0),
1494       cprmask1_(0), cprmask2_(0), cprmask3_(0), cprmask4_(0)
1495   {
1496     this->is_pic_ = (ehdr.get_e_flags() & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0;
1497     this->is_n32_ = elfcpp::abi_n32(ehdr.get_e_flags());
1498     this->is_n64_ = elfcpp::abi_64(ehdr.get_e_ident()[elfcpp::EI_CLASS]);
1499   }
1500
1501   ~Mips_relobj()
1502   { }
1503
1504   // Downcast a base pointer to a Mips_relobj pointer.  This is
1505   // not type-safe but we only use Mips_relobj not the base class.
1506   static Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>*
1507   as_mips_relobj(Relobj* relobj)
1508   { return static_cast<Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>*>(relobj); }
1509
1510   // Downcast a base pointer to a Mips_relobj pointer.  This is
1511   // not type-safe but we only use Mips_relobj not the base class.
1512   static const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>*
1513   as_mips_relobj(const Relobj* relobj)
1514   { return static_cast<const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>*>(relobj); }
1515
1516   // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header.  This is valid only after
1517   // reading symbols.
1518   elfcpp::Elf_Word
1519   processor_specific_flags() const
1520   { return this->processor_specific_flags_; }
1521
1522   // Whether a local symbol is MIPS16 symbol.  R_SYM is the symbol table
1523   // index.  This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1524   bool
1525   local_symbol_is_mips16(unsigned int r_sym) const
1526   {
1527     gold_assert(r_sym < this->local_symbol_is_mips16_.size());
1528     return this->local_symbol_is_mips16_[r_sym];
1529   }
1530
1531   // Whether a local symbol is microMIPS symbol.  R_SYM is the symbol table
1532   // index.  This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1533   bool
1534   local_symbol_is_micromips(unsigned int r_sym) const
1535   {
1536     gold_assert(r_sym < this->local_symbol_is_micromips_.size());
1537     return this->local_symbol_is_micromips_[r_sym];
1538   }
1539
1540   // Get or create MIPS16 stub section.
1541   Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>*
1542   get_mips16_stub_section(unsigned int shndx)
1543   {
1544     typename Mips16_stubs_int_map::const_iterator it =
1545       this->mips16_stub_sections_.find(shndx);
1546     if (it != this->mips16_stub_sections_.end())
1547       return (*it).second;
1548
1549     Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>* stub_section =
1550       new Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>(this, shndx);
1551     this->mips16_stub_sections_.insert(
1552       std::pair<unsigned int, Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>*>(
1553         stub_section->shndx(), stub_section));
1554     return stub_section;
1555   }
1556
1557   // Return MIPS16 fn stub section for local symbol R_SYM, or NULL if this
1558   // object doesn't have fn stub for R_SYM.
1559   Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>*
1560   get_local_mips16_fn_stub(unsigned int r_sym) const
1561   {
1562     typename Mips16_stubs_int_map::const_iterator it =
1563       this->local_mips16_fn_stubs_.find(r_sym);
1564     if (it != this->local_mips16_fn_stubs_.end())
1565       return (*it).second;
1566     return NULL;
1567   }
1568
1569   // Record that this object has MIPS16 fn stub for local symbol.  This method
1570   // is only called if we decided not to discard the stub.
1571   void
1572   add_local_mips16_fn_stub(Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>* stub)
1573   {
1574     gold_assert(stub->is_for_local_function());
1575     unsigned int r_sym = stub->r_sym();
1576     this->local_mips16_fn_stubs_.insert(
1577       std::pair<unsigned int, Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>*>(
1578         r_sym, stub));
1579   }
1580
1581   // Return MIPS16 call stub section for local symbol R_SYM, or NULL if this
1582   // object doesn't have call stub for R_SYM.
1583   Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>*
1584   get_local_mips16_call_stub(unsigned int r_sym) const
1585   {
1586     typename Mips16_stubs_int_map::const_iterator it =
1587       this->local_mips16_call_stubs_.find(r_sym);
1588     if (it != this->local_mips16_call_stubs_.end())
1589       return (*it).second;
1590     return NULL;
1591   }
1592
1593   // Record that this object has MIPS16 call stub for local symbol.  This method
1594   // is only called if we decided not to discard the stub.
1595   void
1596   add_local_mips16_call_stub(Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>* stub)
1597   {
1598     gold_assert(stub->is_for_local_function());
1599     unsigned int r_sym = stub->r_sym();
1600     this->local_mips16_call_stubs_.insert(
1601       std::pair<unsigned int, Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>*>(
1602         r_sym, stub));
1603   }
1604
1605   // Record that we found "non 16-bit" call relocation against local symbol
1606   // SYMNDX.  This reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 fn stub, if there
1607   // is one.
1608   void
1609   add_local_non_16bit_call(unsigned int symndx)
1610   { this->local_non_16bit_calls_.insert(symndx); }
1611
1612   // Return true if there is any "non 16-bit" call relocation against local
1613   // symbol SYMNDX in this object.
1614   bool
1615   has_local_non_16bit_call_relocs(unsigned int symndx)
1616   {
1617     return (this->local_non_16bit_calls_.find(symndx)
1618             != this->local_non_16bit_calls_.end());
1619   }
1620
1621   // Record that we found 16-bit call relocation R_MIPS16_26 against local
1622   // symbol SYMNDX.  Local MIPS16 call or call_fp stubs will only be needed
1623   // if there is some R_MIPS16_26 relocation that refers to the stub symbol.
1624   void
1625   add_local_16bit_call(unsigned int symndx)
1626   { this->local_16bit_calls_.insert(symndx); }
1627
1628   // Return true if there is any 16-bit call relocation R_MIPS16_26 against local
1629   // symbol SYMNDX in this object.
1630   bool
1631   has_local_16bit_call_relocs(unsigned int symndx)
1632   {
1633     return (this->local_16bit_calls_.find(symndx)
1634             != this->local_16bit_calls_.end());
1635   }
1636
1637   // Get gp value that was used to create this object.
1638   Mips_address
1639   gp_value() const
1640   { return this->gp_; }
1641
1642   // Return whether the object is a PIC object.
1643   bool
1644   is_pic() const
1645   { return this->is_pic_; }
1646
1647   // Return whether the object uses N32 ABI.
1648   bool
1649   is_n32() const
1650   { return this->is_n32_; }
1651
1652   // Return whether the object uses N64 ABI.
1653   bool
1654   is_n64() const
1655   { return this->is_n64_; }
1656
1657   // Return whether the object uses NewABI conventions.
1658   bool
1659   is_newabi() const
1660   { return this->is_n32_ || this->is_n64_; }
1661
1662   // Return Mips_got_info for this object.
1663   Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>*
1664   get_got_info() const
1665   { return this->got_info_; }
1666
1667   // Return Mips_got_info for this object.  Create new info if it doesn't exist.
1668   Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>*
1669   get_or_create_got_info()
1670   {
1671     if (!this->got_info_)
1672       this->got_info_ = new Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>();
1673     return this->got_info_;
1674   }
1675
1676   // Set Mips_got_info for this object.
1677   void
1678   set_got_info(Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* got_info)
1679   { this->got_info_ = got_info; }
1680
1681   // Whether a section SHDNX is a MIPS16 stub section.  This is only valid
1682   // after do_read_symbols is called.
1683   bool
1684   is_mips16_stub_section(unsigned int shndx)
1685   {
1686     return (is_mips16_fn_stub_section(shndx)
1687             || is_mips16_call_stub_section(shndx)
1688             || is_mips16_call_fp_stub_section(shndx));
1689   }
1690
1691   // Return TRUE if relocations in section SHNDX can refer directly to a
1692   // MIPS16 function rather than to a hard-float stub.  This is only valid
1693   // after do_read_symbols is called.
1694   bool
1695   section_allows_mips16_refs(unsigned int shndx)
1696   {
1697     return (this->is_mips16_stub_section(shndx) || shndx == this->pdr_shndx_);
1698   }
1699
1700   // Whether a section SHDNX is a MIPS16 fn stub section.  This is only valid
1701   // after do_read_symbols is called.
1702   bool
1703   is_mips16_fn_stub_section(unsigned int shndx)
1704   {
1705     gold_assert(shndx < this->section_is_mips16_fn_stub_.size());
1706     return this->section_is_mips16_fn_stub_[shndx];
1707   }
1708
1709   // Whether a section SHDNX is a MIPS16 call stub section.  This is only valid
1710   // after do_read_symbols is called.
1711   bool
1712   is_mips16_call_stub_section(unsigned int shndx)
1713   {
1714     gold_assert(shndx < this->section_is_mips16_call_stub_.size());
1715     return this->section_is_mips16_call_stub_[shndx];
1716   }
1717
1718   // Whether a section SHDNX is a MIPS16 call_fp stub section.  This is only
1719   // valid after do_read_symbols is called.
1720   bool
1721   is_mips16_call_fp_stub_section(unsigned int shndx)
1722   {
1723     gold_assert(shndx < this->section_is_mips16_call_fp_stub_.size());
1724     return this->section_is_mips16_call_fp_stub_[shndx];
1725   }
1726
1727   // Discard MIPS16 stub secions that are not needed.
1728   void
1729   discard_mips16_stub_sections(Symbol_table* symtab);
1730
1731   // Return gprmask from the .reginfo section of this object.
1732   Valtype
1733   gprmask() const
1734   { return this->gprmask_; }
1735
1736   // Return cprmask1 from the .reginfo section of this object.
1737   Valtype
1738   cprmask1() const
1739   { return this->cprmask1_; }
1740
1741   // Return cprmask2 from the .reginfo section of this object.
1742   Valtype
1743   cprmask2() const
1744   { return this->cprmask2_; }
1745
1746   // Return cprmask3 from the .reginfo section of this object.
1747   Valtype
1748   cprmask3() const
1749   { return this->cprmask3_; }
1750
1751   // Return cprmask4 from the .reginfo section of this object.
1752   Valtype
1753   cprmask4() const
1754   { return this->cprmask4_; }
1755
1756  protected:
1757   // Count the local symbols.
1758   void
1759   do_count_local_symbols(Stringpool_template<char>*,
1760                          Stringpool_template<char>*);
1761
1762   // Read the symbol information.
1763   void
1764   do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data* sd);
1765
1766  private:
1767   // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1768   elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_;
1769
1770   // Bit vector to tell if a local symbol is a MIPS16 symbol or not.
1771   // This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1772   std::vector<bool> local_symbol_is_mips16_;
1773
1774   // Bit vector to tell if a local symbol is a microMIPS symbol or not.
1775   // This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1776   std::vector<bool> local_symbol_is_micromips_;
1777
1778   // Map from section index to the MIPS16 stub for that section.  This contains
1779   // all stubs found in this object.
1780   Mips16_stubs_int_map mips16_stub_sections_;
1781
1782   // Local symbols that have "non 16-bit" call relocation.  This relocation
1783   // would need to refer to a MIPS16 fn stub, if there is one.
1784   std::set<unsigned int> local_non_16bit_calls_;
1785
1786   // Local symbols that have 16-bit call relocation R_MIPS16_26.  Local MIPS16
1787   // call or call_fp stubs will only be needed if there is some R_MIPS16_26
1788   // relocation that refers to the stub symbol.
1789   std::set<unsigned int> local_16bit_calls_;
1790
1791   // Map from local symbol index to the MIPS16 fn stub for that symbol.
1792   // This contains only the stubs that we decided not to discard.
1793   Mips16_stubs_int_map local_mips16_fn_stubs_;
1794
1795   // Map from local symbol index to the MIPS16 call stub for that symbol.
1796   // This contains only the stubs that we decided not to discard.
1797   Mips16_stubs_int_map local_mips16_call_stubs_;
1798
1799   // gp value that was used to create this object.
1800   Mips_address gp_;
1801   // Whether the object is a PIC object.
1802   bool is_pic_ : 1;
1803   // Whether the object uses N32 ABI.
1804   bool is_n32_ : 1;
1805   // Whether the object uses N64 ABI.
1806   bool is_n64_ : 1;
1807   // The Mips_got_info for this object.
1808   Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* got_info_;
1809
1810   // Bit vector to tell if a section is a MIPS16 fn stub section or not.
1811   // This is only valid after do_read_symbols is called.
1812   std::vector<bool> section_is_mips16_fn_stub_;
1813
1814   // Bit vector to tell if a section is a MIPS16 call stub section or not.
1815   // This is only valid after do_read_symbols is called.
1816   std::vector<bool> section_is_mips16_call_stub_;
1817
1818   // Bit vector to tell if a section is a MIPS16 call_fp stub section or not.
1819   // This is only valid after do_read_symbols is called.
1820   std::vector<bool> section_is_mips16_call_fp_stub_;
1821
1822   // .pdr section index.
1823   unsigned int pdr_shndx_;
1824
1825   // gprmask from the .reginfo section of this object.
1826   Valtype gprmask_;
1827   // cprmask1 from the .reginfo section of this object.
1828   Valtype cprmask1_;
1829   // cprmask2 from the .reginfo section of this object.
1830   Valtype cprmask2_;
1831   // cprmask3 from the .reginfo section of this object.
1832   Valtype cprmask3_;
1833   // cprmask4 from the .reginfo section of this object.
1834   Valtype cprmask4_;
1835 };
1836
1837 // Mips_output_data_got class.
1838
1839 template<int size, bool big_endian>
1840 class Mips_output_data_got : public Output_data_got<size, big_endian>
1841 {
1842   typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr Mips_address;
1843   typedef Output_data_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, true, size, big_endian>
1844     Reloc_section;
1845   typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
1846
1847  public:
1848   Mips_output_data_got(Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target,
1849       Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout)
1850     : Output_data_got<size, big_endian>(), target_(target),
1851       symbol_table_(symtab), layout_(layout), static_relocs_(), got_view_(NULL),
1852       first_global_got_dynsym_index_(-1U), primary_got_(NULL),
1853       secondary_got_relocs_()
1854   {
1855     this->master_got_info_ = new Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>();
1856     this->set_addralign(16);
1857   }
1858
1859   // Reserve GOT entry for a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol
1860   // SYMNDX + ADDEND, where SYMNDX is a local symbol in section SHNDX in OBJECT.
1861   void
1862   record_local_got_symbol(Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
1863                           unsigned int symndx, Mips_address addend,
1864                           unsigned int r_type, unsigned int shndx)
1865   {
1866     this->master_got_info_->record_local_got_symbol(object, symndx, addend,
1867                                                     r_type, shndx);
1868   }
1869
1870   // Reserve GOT entry for a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against MIPS_SYM,
1871   // in OBJECT.  FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
1872   // using the GOT entry for calls.  DYN_RELOC is true if R_TYPE is a dynamic
1873   // relocation.
1874   void
1875   record_global_got_symbol(Mips_symbol<size>* mips_sym,
1876                            Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
1877                            unsigned int r_type, bool dyn_reloc, bool for_call)
1878   {
1879     this->master_got_info_->record_global_got_symbol(mips_sym, object, r_type,
1880                                                      dyn_reloc, for_call);
1881   }
1882
1883   // Record that OBJECT has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
1884   // that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
1885   void
1886   record_got_page_entry(Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
1887                         unsigned int symndx, int addend)
1888   { this->master_got_info_->record_got_page_entry(object, symndx, addend); }
1889
1890   // Add a static entry for the GOT entry at OFFSET.  GSYM is a global
1891   // symbol and R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic relocation that needs to be
1892   // applied in a static link.
1893   void
1894   add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset, unsigned int r_type,
1895                    Mips_symbol<size>* gsym)
1896   { this->static_relocs_.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset, r_type, gsym)); }
1897
1898   // Add a static reloc for the GOT entry at OFFSET.  RELOBJ is an object
1899   // defining a local symbol with INDEX.  R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic
1900   // relocation that needs to be applied in a static link.
1901   void
1902   add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset, unsigned int r_type,
1903                    Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* relobj,
1904                    unsigned int index)
1905   {
1906     this->static_relocs_.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset, r_type, relobj,
1907                                                 index));
1908   }
1909
1910   // Record that global symbol GSYM has R_TYPE dynamic relocation in the
1911   // secondary GOT at OFFSET.
1912   void
1913   add_secondary_got_reloc(unsigned int got_offset, unsigned int r_type,
1914                           Mips_symbol<size>* gsym)
1915   {
1916     this->secondary_got_relocs_.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset,
1917                                                        r_type, gsym));
1918   }
1919
1920   // Update GOT entry at OFFSET with VALUE.
1921   void
1922   update_got_entry(unsigned int offset, Mips_address value)
1923   {
1924     elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::writeval(this->got_view_ + offset, value);
1925   }
1926
1927   // Return the number of entries in local part of the GOT.  This includes
1928   // local entries, page entries and 2 reserved entries.
1929   unsigned int
1930   get_local_gotno() const
1931   {
1932     if (!this->multi_got())
1933       {
1934         return (2 + this->master_got_info_->local_gotno()
1935                 + this->master_got_info_->page_gotno());
1936       }
1937     else
1938       return 2 + this->primary_got_->local_gotno() + this->primary_got_->page_gotno();
1939   }
1940
1941   // Return dynamic symbol table index of the first symbol with global GOT
1942   // entry.
1943   unsigned int
1944   first_global_got_dynsym_index() const
1945   { return this->first_global_got_dynsym_index_; }
1946
1947   // Set dynamic symbol table index of the first symbol with global GOT entry.
1948   void
1949   set_first_global_got_dynsym_index(unsigned int index)
1950   { this->first_global_got_dynsym_index_ = index; }
1951
1952   // Lay out the GOT.  Add local, global and TLS entries.  If GOT is
1953   // larger than 64K, create multi-GOT.
1954   void
1955   lay_out_got(Layout* layout, Symbol_table* symtab,
1956               const Input_objects* input_objects);
1957
1958   // Create multi-GOT.  For every GOT, add local, global and TLS entries.
1959   void
1960   lay_out_multi_got(Layout* layout, const Input_objects* input_objects);
1961
1962   // Attempt to merge GOTs of different input objects.
1963   void
1964   merge_gots(const Input_objects* input_objects);
1965
1966   // Consider merging FROM, which is OBJECT's GOT, into TO.  Return false if
1967   // this would lead to overflow, true if they were merged successfully.
1968   bool
1969   merge_got_with(Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* from,
1970                  Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
1971                  Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* to);
1972
1973   // Return the offset of GOT page entry for VALUE.  For multi-GOT links,
1974   // use OBJECT's GOT.
1975   unsigned int
1976   get_got_page_offset(Mips_address value,
1977                       const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object)
1978   {
1979     Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* g = (!this->multi_got()
1980                                           ? this->master_got_info_
1981                                           : object->get_got_info());
1982     gold_assert(g != NULL);
1983     return g->get_got_page_offset(value, this);
1984   }
1985
1986   // Return the GOT offset of type GOT_TYPE of the global symbol
1987   // GSYM.  For multi-GOT links, use OBJECT's GOT.
1988   unsigned int got_offset(const Symbol* gsym, unsigned int got_type,
1989                           Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object) const
1990   {
1991     if (!this->multi_got())
1992       return gsym->got_offset(got_type);
1993     else
1994       {
1995         Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* g = object->get_got_info();
1996         gold_assert(g != NULL);
1997         return gsym->got_offset(g->multigot_got_type(got_type));
1998       }
1999   }
2000
2001   // Return the GOT offset of type GOT_TYPE of the local symbol
2002   // SYMNDX.
2003   unsigned int
2004   got_offset(unsigned int symndx, unsigned int got_type,
2005              Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object) const
2006   { return object->local_got_offset(symndx, got_type); }
2007
2008   // Return the offset of TLS LDM entry.  For multi-GOT links, use OBJECT's GOT.
2009   unsigned int
2010   tls_ldm_offset(Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object) const
2011   {
2012     Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* g = (!this->multi_got()
2013                                           ? this->master_got_info_
2014                                           : object->get_got_info());
2015     gold_assert(g != NULL);
2016     return g->tls_ldm_offset();
2017   }
2018
2019   // Set the offset of TLS LDM entry.  For multi-GOT links, use OBJECT's GOT.
2020   void
2021   set_tls_ldm_offset(unsigned int tls_ldm_offset,
2022                      Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object)
2023   {
2024     Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* g = (!this->multi_got()
2025                                           ? this->master_got_info_
2026                                           : object->get_got_info());
2027     gold_assert(g != NULL);
2028     g->set_tls_ldm_offset(tls_ldm_offset);
2029   }
2030
2031   // Return true for multi-GOT links.
2032   bool
2033   multi_got() const
2034   { return this->primary_got_ != NULL; }
2035
2036   // Return the offset of OBJECT's GOT from the start of .got section.
2037   unsigned int
2038   get_got_offset(const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object)
2039   {
2040     if (!this->multi_got())
2041       return 0;
2042     else
2043       {
2044         Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* g = object->get_got_info();
2045         return g != NULL ? g->offset() : 0;
2046       }
2047   }
2048
2049   // Create global GOT entries that should be in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area.
2050   void
2051   add_reloc_only_entries()
2052   { this->master_got_info_->add_reloc_only_entries(this); }
2053
2054   // Return offset of the primary GOT's entry for global symbol.
2055   unsigned int
2056   get_primary_got_offset(const Mips_symbol<size>* sym) const
2057   {
2058     gold_assert(sym->global_got_area() != GGA_NONE);
2059     return (this->get_local_gotno() + sym->dynsym_index()
2060             - this->first_global_got_dynsym_index()) * size/8;
2061   }
2062
2063   // For the entry at offset GOT_OFFSET, return its offset from the gp.
2064   // Input argument GOT_OFFSET is always global offset from the start of
2065   // .got section, for both single and multi-GOT links.
2066   // For single GOT links, this returns GOT_OFFSET - 0x7FF0.  For multi-GOT
2067   // links, the return value is object_got_offset - 0x7FF0, where
2068   // object_got_offset is offset in the OBJECT's GOT.
2069   int
2070   gp_offset(unsigned int got_offset,
2071             const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object) const
2072   {
2073     return (this->address() + got_offset
2074             - this->target_->adjusted_gp_value(object));
2075   }
2076
2077  protected:
2078   // Write out the GOT table.
2079   void
2080   do_write(Output_file*);
2081
2082  private:
2083
2084   // This class represent dynamic relocations that need to be applied by
2085   // gold because we are using TLS relocations in a static link.
2086   class Static_reloc
2087   {
2088    public:
2089     Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset, unsigned int r_type,
2090                  Mips_symbol<size>* gsym)
2091       : got_offset_(got_offset), r_type_(r_type), symbol_is_global_(true)
2092     { this->u_.global.symbol = gsym; }
2093
2094     Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset, unsigned int r_type,
2095           Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* relobj, unsigned int index)
2096       : got_offset_(got_offset), r_type_(r_type), symbol_is_global_(false)
2097     {
2098       this->u_.local.relobj = relobj;
2099       this->u_.local.index = index;
2100     }
2101
2102     // Return the GOT offset.
2103     unsigned int
2104     got_offset() const
2105     { return this->got_offset_; }
2106
2107     // Relocation type.
2108     unsigned int
2109     r_type() const
2110     { return this->r_type_; }
2111
2112     // Whether the symbol is global or not.
2113     bool
2114     symbol_is_global() const
2115     { return this->symbol_is_global_; }
2116
2117     // For a relocation against a global symbol, the global symbol.
2118     Mips_symbol<size>*
2119     symbol() const
2120     {
2121       gold_assert(this->symbol_is_global_);
2122       return this->u_.global.symbol;
2123     }
2124
2125     // For a relocation against a local symbol, the defining object.
2126     Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>*
2127     relobj() const
2128     {
2129       gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_);
2130       return this->u_.local.relobj;
2131     }
2132
2133     // For a relocation against a local symbol, the local symbol index.
2134     unsigned int
2135     index() const
2136     {
2137       gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_);
2138       return this->u_.local.index;
2139     }
2140
2141    private:
2142     // GOT offset of the entry to which this relocation is applied.
2143     unsigned int got_offset_;
2144     // Type of relocation.
2145     unsigned int r_type_;
2146     // Whether this relocation is against a global symbol.
2147     bool symbol_is_global_;
2148     // A global or local symbol.
2149     union
2150     {
2151       struct
2152       {
2153         // For a global symbol, the symbol itself.
2154         Mips_symbol<size>* symbol;
2155       } global;
2156       struct
2157       {
2158         // For a local symbol, the object defining object.
2159         Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* relobj;
2160         // For a local symbol, the symbol index.
2161         unsigned int index;
2162       } local;
2163     } u_;
2164   };
2165
2166   // The target.
2167   Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target_;
2168   // The symbol table.
2169   Symbol_table* symbol_table_;
2170   // The layout.
2171   Layout* layout_;
2172   // Static relocs to be applied to the GOT.
2173   std::vector<Static_reloc> static_relocs_;
2174   // .got section view.
2175   unsigned char* got_view_;
2176   // The dynamic symbol table index of the first symbol with global GOT entry.
2177   unsigned int first_global_got_dynsym_index_;
2178   // The master GOT information.
2179   Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* master_got_info_;
2180   // The  primary GOT information.
2181   Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* primary_got_;
2182   // Secondary GOT fixups.
2183   std::vector<Static_reloc> secondary_got_relocs_;
2184 };
2185
2186 // A class to handle LA25 stubs - non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
2187 // two ways of creating these interfaces.  The first is to add:
2188 //
2189 //      lui     $25,%hi(func)
2190 //      j       func
2191 //      addiu   $25,$25,%lo(func)
2192 //
2193 // to a separate trampoline section.  The second is to add:
2194 //
2195 //      lui     $25,%hi(func)
2196 //      addiu   $25,$25,%lo(func)
2197 //
2198 // immediately before a PIC function "func", but only if a function is at the
2199 // beginning of the section, and the section is not too heavily aligned (i.e we
2200 // would need to add no more than 2 nops before the stub.)
2201 //
2202 // We only create stubs of the first type.
2203
2204 template<int size, bool big_endian>
2205 class Mips_output_data_la25_stub : public Output_section_data
2206 {
2207   typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr Mips_address;
2208
2209  public:
2210   Mips_output_data_la25_stub()
2211   : Output_section_data(size == 32 ? 4 : 8), symbols_()
2212   { }
2213
2214   // Create LA25 stub for a symbol.
2215   void
2216   create_la25_stub(Symbol_table* symtab, Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target,
2217                    Mips_symbol<size>* gsym);
2218
2219   // Return output address of a stub.
2220   Mips_address
2221   stub_address(const Mips_symbol<size>* sym) const
2222   {
2223     gold_assert(sym->has_la25_stub());
2224     return this->address() + sym->la25_stub_offset();
2225   }
2226
2227  protected:
2228   void
2229   do_adjust_output_section(Output_section* os)
2230   { os->set_entsize(0); }
2231
2232  private:
2233   // Template for standard LA25 stub.
2234   static const uint32_t la25_stub_entry[];
2235   // Template for microMIPS LA25 stub.
2236   static const uint32_t la25_stub_micromips_entry[];
2237
2238   // Set the final size.
2239   void
2240   set_final_data_size()
2241   { this->set_data_size(this->symbols_.size() * 16); }
2242
2243   // Create a symbol for SYM stub's value and size, to help make the
2244   // disassembly easier to read.
2245   void
2246   create_stub_symbol(Mips_symbol<size>* sym, Symbol_table* symtab,
2247                      Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target, uint64_t symsize);
2248
2249   // Write out the LA25 stub section.
2250   void
2251   do_write(Output_file*);
2252
2253   // Symbols that have LA25 stubs.
2254   Unordered_set<Mips_symbol<size>*> symbols_;
2255 };
2256
2257 // A class to handle the PLT data.
2258
2259 template<int size, bool big_endian>
2260 class Mips_output_data_plt : public Output_section_data
2261 {
2262   typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr Mips_address;
2263   typedef Output_data_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, true,
2264                             size, big_endian> Reloc_section;
2265
2266  public:
2267   // Create the PLT section.  The ordinary .got section is an argument,
2268   // since we need to refer to the start.
2269   Mips_output_data_plt(Layout* layout, Output_data_space* got_plt,
2270                        Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target)
2271     : Output_section_data(size == 32 ? 4 : 8), got_plt_(got_plt), symbols_(),
2272       plt_mips_offset_(0), plt_comp_offset_(0), plt_header_size_(0),
2273       target_(target)
2274   {
2275     this->rel_ = new Reloc_section(false);
2276     layout->add_output_section_data(".rel.plt", elfcpp::SHT_REL,
2277                                     elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC, this->rel_,
2278                                     ORDER_DYNAMIC_PLT_RELOCS, false);
2279   }
2280
2281   // Add an entry to the PLT for a symbol referenced by r_type relocation.
2282   void
2283   add_entry(Mips_symbol<size>* gsym, unsigned int r_type);
2284
2285   // Return the .rel.plt section data.
2286   const Reloc_section*
2287   rel_plt() const
2288   { return this->rel_; }
2289
2290   // Return the number of PLT entries.
2291   unsigned int
2292   entry_count() const
2293   { return this->symbols_.size(); }
2294
2295   // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
2296   unsigned int
2297   first_plt_entry_offset() const
2298   { return sizeof(plt0_entry_o32); }
2299
2300   // Return the size of a PLT entry.
2301   unsigned int
2302   plt_entry_size() const
2303   { return sizeof(plt_entry); }
2304
2305   // Set final PLT offsets.  For each symbol, determine whether standard or
2306   // compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry is used.
2307   void
2308   set_plt_offsets();
2309
2310   // Return the offset of the first standard PLT entry.
2311   unsigned int
2312   first_mips_plt_offset() const
2313   { return this->plt_header_size_; }
2314
2315   // Return the offset of the first compressed PLT entry.
2316   unsigned int
2317   first_comp_plt_offset() const
2318   { return this->plt_header_size_ + this->plt_mips_offset_; }
2319
2320   // Return whether there are any standard PLT entries.
2321   bool
2322   has_standard_entries() const
2323   { return this->plt_mips_offset_ > 0; }
2324
2325   // Return the output address of standard PLT entry.
2326   Mips_address
2327   mips_entry_address(const Mips_symbol<size>* sym) const
2328   {
2329     gold_assert (sym->has_mips_plt_offset());
2330     return (this->address() + this->first_mips_plt_offset()
2331             + sym->mips_plt_offset());
2332   }
2333
2334   // Return the output address of compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry.
2335   Mips_address
2336   comp_entry_address(const Mips_symbol<size>* sym) const
2337   {
2338     gold_assert (sym->has_comp_plt_offset());
2339     return (this->address() + this->first_comp_plt_offset()
2340             + sym->comp_plt_offset());
2341   }
2342
2343  protected:
2344   void
2345   do_adjust_output_section(Output_section* os)
2346   { os->set_entsize(0); }
2347
2348   // Write to a map file.
2349   void
2350   do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
2351   { mapfile->print_output_data(this, _(".plt")); }
2352
2353  private:
2354   // Template for the first PLT entry.
2355   static const uint32_t plt0_entry_o32[];
2356   static const uint32_t plt0_entry_n32[];
2357   static const uint32_t plt0_entry_n64[];
2358   static const uint32_t plt0_entry_micromips_o32[];
2359   static const uint32_t plt0_entry_micromips32_o32[];
2360
2361   // Template for subsequent PLT entries.
2362   static const uint32_t plt_entry[];
2363   static const uint32_t plt_entry_mips16_o32[];
2364   static const uint32_t plt_entry_micromips_o32[];
2365   static const uint32_t plt_entry_micromips32_o32[];
2366
2367   // Set the final size.
2368   void
2369   set_final_data_size()
2370   {
2371     this->set_data_size(this->plt_header_size_ + this->plt_mips_offset_
2372                         + this->plt_comp_offset_);
2373   }
2374
2375   // Write out the PLT data.
2376   void
2377   do_write(Output_file*);
2378
2379   // Return whether the plt header contains microMIPS code.  For the sake of
2380   // cache alignment always use a standard header whenever any standard entries
2381   // are present even if microMIPS entries are present as well.  This also lets
2382   // the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set by microMIPS
2383   // entries, for a small size reduction.
2384   bool
2385   is_plt_header_compressed() const
2386   {
2387     gold_assert(this->plt_mips_offset_ + this->plt_comp_offset_ != 0);
2388     return this->target_->is_output_micromips() && this->plt_mips_offset_ == 0;
2389   }
2390
2391   // Return the size of the PLT header.
2392   unsigned int
2393   get_plt_header_size() const
2394   {
2395     if (this->target_->is_output_n64())
2396       return 4 * sizeof(plt0_entry_n64) / sizeof(plt0_entry_n64[0]);
2397     else if (this->target_->is_output_n32())
2398       return 4 * sizeof(plt0_entry_n32) / sizeof(plt0_entry_n32[0]);
2399     else if (!this->is_plt_header_compressed())
2400       return 4 * sizeof(plt0_entry_o32) / sizeof(plt0_entry_o32[0]);
2401     else if (this->target_->use_32bit_micromips_instructions())
2402       return (2 * sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips32_o32)
2403               / sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips32_o32[0]));
2404     else
2405       return (2 * sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips_o32)
2406               / sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips_o32[0]));
2407   }
2408
2409   // Return the PLT header entry.
2410   const uint32_t*
2411   get_plt_header_entry() const
2412   {
2413     if (this->target_->is_output_n64())
2414       return plt0_entry_n64;
2415     else if (this->target_->is_output_n32())
2416       return plt0_entry_n32;
2417     else if (!this->is_plt_header_compressed())
2418       return plt0_entry_o32;
2419     else if (this->target_->use_32bit_micromips_instructions())
2420       return plt0_entry_micromips32_o32;
2421     else
2422       return plt0_entry_micromips_o32;
2423   }
2424
2425   // Return the size of the standard PLT entry.
2426   unsigned int
2427   standard_plt_entry_size() const
2428   { return 4 * sizeof(plt_entry) / sizeof(plt_entry[0]); }
2429
2430   // Return the size of the compressed PLT entry.
2431   unsigned int
2432   compressed_plt_entry_size() const
2433   {
2434     gold_assert(!this->target_->is_output_newabi());
2435
2436     if (!this->target_->is_output_micromips())
2437       return (2 * sizeof(plt_entry_mips16_o32)
2438               / sizeof(plt_entry_mips16_o32[0]));
2439     else if (this->target_->use_32bit_micromips_instructions())
2440       return (2 * sizeof(plt_entry_micromips32_o32)
2441               / sizeof(plt_entry_micromips32_o32[0]));
2442     else
2443       return (2 * sizeof(plt_entry_micromips_o32)
2444               / sizeof(plt_entry_micromips_o32[0]));
2445   }
2446
2447   // The reloc section.
2448   Reloc_section* rel_;
2449   // The .got.plt section.
2450   Output_data_space* got_plt_;
2451   // Symbols that have PLT entry.
2452   std::vector<Mips_symbol<size>*> symbols_;
2453   // The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create.
2454   unsigned int plt_mips_offset_;
2455   // The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create.
2456   unsigned int plt_comp_offset_;
2457   // The size of the PLT header in bytes.
2458   unsigned int plt_header_size_;
2459   // The target.
2460   Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target_;
2461 };
2462
2463 // A class to handle the .MIPS.stubs data.
2464
2465 template<int size, bool big_endian>
2466 class Mips_output_data_mips_stubs : public Output_section_data
2467 {
2468   typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr Mips_address;
2469
2470  public:
2471    Mips_output_data_mips_stubs(Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target)
2472      : Output_section_data(size == 32 ? 4 : 8), symbols_(), dynsym_count_(-1U),
2473        stub_offsets_are_set_(false), target_(target)
2474    { }
2475
2476   // Create entry for a symbol.
2477   void
2478   make_entry(Mips_symbol<size>*);
2479
2480   // Remove entry for a symbol.
2481   void
2482   remove_entry(Mips_symbol<size>* gsym);
2483
2484   // Set stub offsets for symbols.  This method expects that the number of
2485   // entries in dynamic symbol table is set.
2486   void
2487   set_lazy_stub_offsets();
2488
2489   void
2490   set_needs_dynsym_value();
2491
2492    // Set the number of entries in dynamic symbol table.
2493   void
2494   set_dynsym_count(unsigned int dynsym_count)
2495   { this->dynsym_count_ = dynsym_count; }
2496
2497   // Return maximum size of the stub, ie. the stub size if the dynamic symbol
2498   // count is greater than 0x10000.  If the dynamic symbol count is less than
2499   // 0x10000, the stub will be 4 bytes smaller.
2500   // There's no disadvantage from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of
2501   // pure-microMIPS binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
2502   // output produced at all.  This has a benefit of stubs being shorter by
2503   // 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode.
2504   unsigned int
2505   stub_max_size() const
2506   {
2507     if (!this->target_->is_output_micromips()
2508         || this->target_->use_32bit_micromips_instructions())
2509       return 20;
2510     else
2511       return 16;
2512   }
2513
2514   // Return the size of the stub.  This method expects that the final dynsym
2515   // count is set.
2516   unsigned int
2517   stub_size() const
2518   {
2519     gold_assert(this->dynsym_count_ != -1U);
2520     if (this->dynsym_count_ > 0x10000)
2521       return this->stub_max_size();
2522     else
2523       return this->stub_max_size() - 4;
2524   }
2525
2526   // Return output address of a stub.
2527   Mips_address
2528   stub_address(const Mips_symbol<size>* sym) const
2529   {
2530     gold_assert(sym->has_lazy_stub());
2531     return this->address() + sym->lazy_stub_offset();
2532   }
2533
2534  protected:
2535   void
2536   do_adjust_output_section(Output_section* os)
2537   { os->set_entsize(0); }
2538
2539   // Write to a map file.
2540   void
2541   do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile* mapfile) const
2542   { mapfile->print_output_data(this, _(".MIPS.stubs")); }
2543
2544  private:
2545   static const uint32_t lazy_stub_normal_1[];
2546   static const uint32_t lazy_stub_normal_1_n64[];
2547   static const uint32_t lazy_stub_normal_2[];
2548   static const uint32_t lazy_stub_normal_2_n64[];
2549   static const uint32_t lazy_stub_big[];
2550   static const uint32_t lazy_stub_big_n64[];
2551
2552   static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips_normal_1[];
2553   static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips_normal_1_n64[];
2554   static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips_normal_2[];
2555   static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips_normal_2_n64[];
2556   static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips_big[];
2557   static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips_big_n64[];
2558
2559   static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_1[];
2560   static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_1_n64[];
2561   static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_2[];
2562   static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_2_n64[];
2563   static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips32_big[];
2564   static const uint32_t lazy_stub_micromips32_big_n64[];
2565
2566   // Set the final size.
2567   void
2568   set_final_data_size()
2569   { this->set_data_size(this->symbols_.size() * this->stub_max_size()); }
2570
2571   // Write out the .MIPS.stubs data.
2572   void
2573   do_write(Output_file*);
2574
2575   // .MIPS.stubs symbols
2576   Unordered_set<Mips_symbol<size>*> symbols_;
2577   // Number of entries in dynamic symbol table.
2578   unsigned int dynsym_count_;
2579   // Whether the stub offsets are set.
2580   bool stub_offsets_are_set_;
2581   // The target.
2582   Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target_;
2583 };
2584
2585 // This class handles Mips .reginfo output section.
2586
2587 template<int size, bool big_endian>
2588 class Mips_output_section_reginfo : public Output_section
2589 {
2590   typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
2591
2592  public:
2593   Mips_output_section_reginfo(const char* name, elfcpp::Elf_Word type,
2594                               elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags,
2595                               Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target)
2596     : Output_section(name, type, flags), target_(target), gprmask_(0),
2597       cprmask1_(0), cprmask2_(0), cprmask3_(0), cprmask4_(0)
2598   { }
2599
2600   // Downcast a base pointer to a Mips_output_section_reginfo pointer.
2601   static Mips_output_section_reginfo<size, big_endian>*
2602   as_mips_output_section_reginfo(Output_section* os)
2603   { return static_cast<Mips_output_section_reginfo<size, big_endian>*>(os); }
2604
2605   // Set masks of the output .reginfo section.
2606   void
2607   set_masks(Valtype gprmask, Valtype cprmask1, Valtype cprmask2,
2608             Valtype cprmask3, Valtype cprmask4)
2609   {
2610     this->gprmask_ = gprmask;
2611     this->cprmask1_ = cprmask1;
2612     this->cprmask2_ = cprmask2;
2613     this->cprmask3_ = cprmask3;
2614     this->cprmask4_ = cprmask4;
2615   }
2616
2617  protected:
2618   // Set the final data size.
2619   void
2620   set_final_data_size()
2621   { this->set_data_size(24); }
2622
2623   // Write out reginfo section.
2624   void
2625   do_write(Output_file* of);
2626
2627  private:
2628   Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target_;
2629
2630   // gprmask of the output .reginfo section.
2631   Valtype gprmask_;
2632   // cprmask1 of the output .reginfo section.
2633   Valtype cprmask1_;
2634   // cprmask2 of the output .reginfo section.
2635   Valtype cprmask2_;
2636   // cprmask3 of the output .reginfo section.
2637   Valtype cprmask3_;
2638   // cprmask4 of the output .reginfo section.
2639   Valtype cprmask4_;
2640 };
2641
2642 // The MIPS target has relocation types which default handling of relocatable
2643 // relocation cannot process.  So we have to extend the default code.
2644
2645 template<bool big_endian, typename Classify_reloc>
2646 class Mips_scan_relocatable_relocs :
2647   public Default_scan_relocatable_relocs<Classify_reloc>
2648 {
2649  public:
2650   // Return the strategy to use for a local symbol which is a section
2651   // symbol, given the relocation type.
2652   inline Relocatable_relocs::Reloc_strategy
2653   local_section_strategy(unsigned int r_type, Relobj* object)
2654   {
2655     if (Classify_reloc::sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA)
2656       return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_ADJUST_FOR_SECTION_RELA;
2657     else
2658       {
2659         switch (r_type)
2660           {
2661           case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26:
2662             return Relocatable_relocs::RELOC_SPECIAL;
2663
2664           default:
2665             return Default_scan_relocatable_relocs<Classify_reloc>::
2666                 local_section_strategy(r_type, object);
2667           }
2668       }
2669   }
2670 };
2671
2672 // Mips_copy_relocs class.  The only difference from the base class is the
2673 // method emit_mips, which should be called instead of Copy_reloc_entry::emit.
2674 // Mips cannot convert all relocation types to dynamic relocs.  If a reloc
2675 // cannot be made dynamic, a COPY reloc is emitted.
2676
2677 template<int sh_type, int size, bool big_endian>
2678 class Mips_copy_relocs : public Copy_relocs<sh_type, size, big_endian>
2679 {
2680  public:
2681   Mips_copy_relocs()
2682     : Copy_relocs<sh_type, size, big_endian>(elfcpp::R_MIPS_COPY)
2683   { }
2684
2685   // Emit any saved relocations which turn out to be needed.  This is
2686   // called after all the relocs have been scanned.
2687   void
2688   emit_mips(Output_data_reloc<sh_type, true, size, big_endian>*,
2689             Symbol_table*, Layout*, Target_mips<size, big_endian>*);
2690
2691  private:
2692   typedef typename Copy_relocs<sh_type, size, big_endian>::Copy_reloc_entry
2693     Copy_reloc_entry;
2694
2695   // Emit this reloc if appropriate.  This is called after we have
2696   // scanned all the relocations, so we know whether we emitted a
2697   // COPY relocation for SYM_.
2698   void
2699   emit_entry(Copy_reloc_entry& entry,
2700              Output_data_reloc<sh_type, true, size, big_endian>* reloc_section,
2701              Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout,
2702              Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target);
2703 };
2704
2705
2706 // Return true if the symbol SYM should be considered to resolve local
2707 // to the current module, and false otherwise.  The logic is taken from
2708 // GNU ld's method _bfd_elf_symbol_refs_local_p.
2709 static bool
2710 symbol_refs_local(const Symbol* sym, bool has_dynsym_entry,
2711                   bool local_protected)
2712 {
2713   // If it's a local sym, of course we resolve locally.
2714   if (sym == NULL)
2715     return true;
2716
2717   // STV_HIDDEN or STV_INTERNAL ones must be local.
2718   if (sym->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
2719       || sym->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_INTERNAL)
2720     return true;
2721
2722   // If we don't have a definition in a regular file, then we can't
2723   // resolve locally.  The sym is either undefined or dynamic.
2724   if (sym->source() != Symbol::FROM_OBJECT || sym->object()->is_dynamic()
2725       || sym->is_undefined())
2726     return false;
2727
2728   // Forced local symbols resolve locally.
2729   if (sym->is_forced_local())
2730     return true;
2731
2732   // As do non-dynamic symbols.
2733   if (!has_dynsym_entry)
2734     return true;
2735
2736   // At this point, we know the symbol is defined and dynamic.  In an
2737   // executable it must resolve locally, likewise when building symbolic
2738   // shared libraries.
2739   if (parameters->options().output_is_executable()
2740       || parameters->options().Bsymbolic())
2741     return true;
2742
2743   // Now deal with defined dynamic symbols in shared libraries.  Ones
2744   // with default visibility might not resolve locally.
2745   if (sym->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT)
2746     return false;
2747
2748   // STV_PROTECTED non-function symbols are local.
2749   if (sym->type() != elfcpp::STT_FUNC)
2750     return true;
2751
2752   // Function pointer equality tests may require that STV_PROTECTED
2753   // symbols be treated as dynamic symbols.  If the address of a
2754   // function not defined in an executable is set to that function's
2755   // plt entry in the executable, then the address of the function in
2756   // a shared library must also be the plt entry in the executable.
2757   return local_protected;
2758 }
2759
2760 // Return TRUE if references to this symbol always reference the symbol in this
2761 // object.
2762 static bool
2763 symbol_references_local(const Symbol* sym, bool has_dynsym_entry)
2764 {
2765   return symbol_refs_local(sym, has_dynsym_entry, false);
2766 }
2767
2768 // Return TRUE if calls to this symbol always call the version in this object.
2769 static bool
2770 symbol_calls_local(const Symbol* sym, bool has_dynsym_entry)
2771 {
2772   return symbol_refs_local(sym, has_dynsym_entry, true);
2773 }
2774
2775 // Compare GOT offsets of two symbols.
2776
2777 template<int size, bool big_endian>
2778 static bool
2779 got_offset_compare(Symbol* sym1, Symbol* sym2)
2780 {
2781   Mips_symbol<size>* mips_sym1 = Mips_symbol<size>::as_mips_sym(sym1);
2782   Mips_symbol<size>* mips_sym2 = Mips_symbol<size>::as_mips_sym(sym2);
2783   unsigned int area1 = mips_sym1->global_got_area();
2784   unsigned int area2 = mips_sym2->global_got_area();
2785   gold_assert(area1 != GGA_NONE && area1 != GGA_NONE);
2786
2787   // GGA_NORMAL entries always come before GGA_RELOC_ONLY.
2788   if (area1 != area2)
2789     return area1 < area2;
2790
2791   return mips_sym1->global_gotoffset() < mips_sym2->global_gotoffset();
2792 }
2793
2794 // This method divides dynamic symbols into symbols that have GOT entry, and
2795 // symbols that don't have GOT entry.  It also sorts symbols with the GOT entry.
2796 // Mips ABI requires that symbols with the GOT entry must be at the end of
2797 // dynamic symbol table, and the order in dynamic symbol table must match the
2798 // order in GOT.
2799
2800 template<int size, bool big_endian>
2801 static void
2802 reorder_dyn_symbols(std::vector<Symbol*>* dyn_symbols,
2803                     std::vector<Symbol*>* non_got_symbols,
2804                     std::vector<Symbol*>* got_symbols)
2805 {
2806   for (std::vector<Symbol*>::iterator p = dyn_symbols->begin();
2807        p != dyn_symbols->end();
2808        ++p)
2809     {
2810       Mips_symbol<size>* mips_sym = Mips_symbol<size>::as_mips_sym(*p);
2811       if (mips_sym->global_got_area() == GGA_NORMAL
2812           || mips_sym->global_got_area() == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
2813         got_symbols->push_back(mips_sym);
2814       else
2815         non_got_symbols->push_back(mips_sym);
2816     }
2817
2818   std::sort(got_symbols->begin(), got_symbols->end(),
2819             got_offset_compare<size, big_endian>);
2820 }
2821
2822 // Functor class for processing the global symbol table.
2823
2824 template<int size, bool big_endian>
2825 class Symbol_visitor_check_symbols
2826 {
2827  public:
2828   Symbol_visitor_check_symbols(Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target,
2829     Layout* layout, Symbol_table* symtab)
2830     : target_(target), layout_(layout), symtab_(symtab)
2831   { }
2832
2833   void
2834   operator()(Sized_symbol<size>* sym)
2835   {
2836     Mips_symbol<size>* mips_sym = Mips_symbol<size>::as_mips_sym(sym);
2837     if (local_pic_function<size, big_endian>(mips_sym))
2838       {
2839         // SYM is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
2840         // If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark SYM as
2841         // being PIC.  If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
2842         // non-PIC branches and jumps to SYM, make sure that SYM has an la25
2843         // stub.
2844         if (parameters->options().relocatable())
2845           {
2846             if (!parameters->options().output_is_position_independent())
2847               mips_sym->set_pic();
2848           }
2849         else if (mips_sym->has_nonpic_branches())
2850           {
2851             this->target_->la25_stub_section(layout_)
2852                 ->create_la25_stub(this->symtab_, this->target_, mips_sym);
2853           }
2854       }
2855   }
2856
2857  private:
2858   Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target_;
2859   Layout* layout_;
2860   Symbol_table* symtab_;
2861 };
2862
2863 // Relocation types, parameterized by SHT_REL vs. SHT_RELA, size,
2864 // and endianness. The relocation format for MIPS-64 is non-standard.
2865
2866 template<int sh_type, int size, bool big_endian>
2867 struct Mips_reloc_types;
2868
2869 template<bool big_endian>
2870 struct Mips_reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_REL, 32, big_endian>
2871 {
2872   typedef typename elfcpp::Rel<32, big_endian> Reloc;
2873   typedef typename elfcpp::Rel_write<32, big_endian> Reloc_write;
2874
2875   static unsigned typename elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword
2876   get_r_addend(const Reloc*)
2877   { return 0; }
2878
2879   static inline void
2880   set_reloc_addend(Reloc_write*,
2881                    typename elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword)
2882   { gold_unreachable(); }
2883 };
2884
2885 template<bool big_endian>
2886 struct Mips_reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, 32, big_endian>
2887 {
2888   typedef typename elfcpp::Rela<32, big_endian> Reloc;
2889   typedef typename elfcpp::Rela_write<32, big_endian> Reloc_write;
2890
2891   static unsigned typename elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword
2892   get_r_addend(const Reloc* reloc)
2893   { return reloc->get_r_addend(); }
2894
2895   static inline void
2896   set_reloc_addend(Reloc_write* p,
2897                    typename elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword val)
2898   { p->put_r_addend(val); }
2899 };
2900
2901 template<bool big_endian>
2902 struct Mips_reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_REL, 64, big_endian>
2903 {
2904   typedef typename elfcpp::Mips64_rel<big_endian> Reloc;
2905   typedef typename elfcpp::Mips64_rel_write<big_endian> Reloc_write;
2906
2907   static unsigned typename elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Swxword
2908   get_r_addend(const Reloc*)
2909   { return 0; }
2910
2911   static inline void
2912   set_reloc_addend(Reloc_write*,
2913                    typename elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Swxword)
2914   { gold_unreachable(); }
2915 };
2916
2917 template<bool big_endian>
2918 struct Mips_reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, 64, big_endian>
2919 {
2920   typedef typename elfcpp::Mips64_rela<big_endian> Reloc;
2921   typedef typename elfcpp::Mips64_rela_write<big_endian> Reloc_write;
2922
2923   static unsigned typename elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Swxword
2924   get_r_addend(const Reloc* reloc)
2925   { return reloc->get_r_addend(); }
2926
2927   static inline void
2928   set_reloc_addend(Reloc_write* p,
2929                    typename elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Swxword val)
2930   { p->put_r_addend(val); }
2931 };
2932
2933 // Forward declaration.
2934 static unsigned int
2935 mips_get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int, Relobj*);
2936
2937 // A class for inquiring about properties of a relocation,
2938 // used while scanning relocs during a relocatable link and
2939 // garbage collection.
2940
2941 template<int sh_type_, int size, bool big_endian>
2942 class Mips_classify_reloc;
2943
2944 template<int sh_type_, bool big_endian>
2945 class Mips_classify_reloc<sh_type_, 32, big_endian> :
2946     public gold::Default_classify_reloc<sh_type_, 32, big_endian>
2947 {
2948  public:
2949   typedef typename Mips_reloc_types<sh_type_, 32, big_endian>::Reloc
2950       Reltype;
2951   typedef typename Mips_reloc_types<sh_type_, 32, big_endian>::Reloc_write
2952       Reltype_write;
2953
2954   // Return the symbol referred to by the relocation.
2955   static inline unsigned int
2956   get_r_sym(const Reltype* reloc)
2957   { return elfcpp::elf_r_sym<32>(reloc->get_r_info()); }
2958
2959   // Return the type of the relocation.
2960   static inline unsigned int
2961   get_r_type(const Reltype* reloc)
2962   { return elfcpp::elf_r_type<32>(reloc->get_r_info()); }
2963
2964   // Return the explicit addend of the relocation (return 0 for SHT_REL).
2965   static inline unsigned int
2966   get_r_addend(const Reltype* reloc)
2967   {
2968     if (sh_type_ == elfcpp::SHT_REL)
2969       return 0;
2970     return Mips_reloc_types<sh_type_, 32, big_endian>::get_r_addend(reloc);
2971   }
2972
2973   // Write the r_info field to a new reloc, using the r_info field from
2974   // the original reloc, replacing the r_sym field with R_SYM.
2975   static inline void
2976   put_r_info(Reltype_write* new_reloc, Reltype* reloc, unsigned int r_sym)
2977   {
2978     unsigned int r_type = elfcpp::elf_r_type<32>(reloc->get_r_info());
2979     new_reloc->put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info<64>(r_sym, r_type));
2980   }
2981
2982   // Write the r_addend field to a new reloc.
2983   static inline void
2984   put_r_addend(Reltype_write* to,
2985                typename elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_Swxword addend)
2986   { Mips_reloc_types<sh_type_, 32, big_endian>::set_reloc_addend(to, addend); }
2987
2988   // Return the size of the addend of the relocation (only used for SHT_REL).
2989   static unsigned int
2990   get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int r_type, Relobj* obj)
2991   { return mips_get_size_for_reloc(r_type, obj); }
2992 };
2993
2994 template<int sh_type_, bool big_endian>
2995 class Mips_classify_reloc<sh_type_, 64, big_endian> :
2996     public gold::Default_classify_reloc<sh_type_, 64, big_endian>
2997 {
2998  public:
2999   typedef typename Mips_reloc_types<sh_type_, 64, big_endian>::Reloc
3000       Reltype;
3001   typedef typename Mips_reloc_types<sh_type_, 64, big_endian>::Reloc_write
3002       Reltype_write;
3003
3004   // Return the symbol referred to by the relocation.
3005   static inline unsigned int
3006   get_r_sym(const Reltype* reloc)
3007   { return reloc->get_r_sym(); }
3008
3009   // Return the type of the relocation.
3010   static inline unsigned int
3011   get_r_type(const Reltype* reloc)
3012   { return reloc->get_r_type(); }
3013
3014   // Return the explicit addend of the relocation (return 0 for SHT_REL).
3015   static inline typename elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Swxword
3016   get_r_addend(const Reltype* reloc)
3017   {
3018     if (sh_type_ == elfcpp::SHT_REL)
3019       return 0;
3020     return Mips_reloc_types<sh_type_, 64, big_endian>::get_r_addend(reloc);
3021   }
3022
3023   // Write the r_info field to a new reloc, using the r_info field from
3024   // the original reloc, replacing the r_sym field with R_SYM.
3025   static inline void
3026   put_r_info(Reltype_write* new_reloc, Reltype* reloc, unsigned int r_sym)
3027   {
3028     new_reloc->put_r_sym(r_sym);
3029     new_reloc->put_r_ssym(reloc->get_r_ssym());
3030     new_reloc->put_r_type3(reloc->get_r_type3());
3031     new_reloc->put_r_type2(reloc->get_r_type2());
3032     new_reloc->put_r_type(reloc->get_r_type());
3033   }
3034
3035   // Write the r_addend field to a new reloc.
3036   static inline void
3037   put_r_addend(Reltype_write* to,
3038                typename elfcpp::Elf_types<64>::Elf_Swxword addend)
3039   { Mips_reloc_types<sh_type_, 64, big_endian>::set_reloc_addend(to, addend); }
3040
3041   // Return the size of the addend of the relocation (only used for SHT_REL).
3042   static unsigned int
3043   get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int r_type, Relobj* obj)
3044   { return mips_get_size_for_reloc(r_type, obj); }
3045 };
3046
3047 template<int size, bool big_endian>
3048 class Target_mips : public Sized_target<size, big_endian>
3049 {
3050   typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr Mips_address;
3051   typedef Output_data_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, true, size, big_endian>
3052     Reloc_section;
3053   typedef Output_data_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, true, size, big_endian>
3054     Reloca_section;
3055   typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype32;
3056   typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype;
3057   typedef typename Mips_reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_REL, size, big_endian>::Reloc
3058       Reltype;
3059   typedef typename Mips_reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, big_endian>::Reloc
3060       Relatype;
3061
3062  public:
3063   Target_mips(const Target::Target_info* info = &mips_info)
3064     : Sized_target<size, big_endian>(info), got_(NULL), gp_(NULL), plt_(NULL),
3065       got_plt_(NULL), rel_dyn_(NULL), copy_relocs_(),
3066       dyn_relocs_(), la25_stub_(NULL), mips_mach_extensions_(),
3067       mips_stubs_(NULL), ei_class_(0), mach_(0), layout_(NULL),
3068       got16_addends_(), entry_symbol_is_compressed_(false), insn32_(false)
3069   {
3070     this->add_machine_extensions();
3071   }
3072
3073   // The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section.
3074   static const unsigned int MIPS_GP_OFFSET = 0x7ff0;
3075
3076   // The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
3077   // offsets from $gp.
3078   static const unsigned int MIPS_GOT_MAX_SIZE = MIPS_GP_OFFSET + 0x7fff;
3079
3080   // Make a new symbol table entry for the Mips target.
3081   Sized_symbol<size>*
3082   make_symbol() const
3083   { return new Mips_symbol<size>(); }
3084
3085   // Process the relocations to determine unreferenced sections for
3086   // garbage collection.
3087   void
3088   gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
3089                     Layout* layout,
3090                     Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
3091                     unsigned int data_shndx,
3092                     unsigned int sh_type,
3093                     const unsigned char* prelocs,
3094                     size_t reloc_count,
3095                     Output_section* output_section,
3096                     bool needs_special_offset_handling,
3097                     size_t local_symbol_count,
3098                     const unsigned char* plocal_symbols);
3099
3100   // Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments.
3101   void
3102   scan_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
3103               Layout* layout,
3104               Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
3105               unsigned int data_shndx,
3106               unsigned int sh_type,
3107               const unsigned char* prelocs,
3108               size_t reloc_count,
3109               Output_section* output_section,
3110               bool needs_special_offset_handling,
3111               size_t local_symbol_count,
3112               const unsigned char* plocal_symbols);
3113
3114   // Finalize the sections.
3115   void
3116   do_finalize_sections(Layout*, const Input_objects*, Symbol_table*);
3117
3118   // Relocate a section.
3119   void
3120   relocate_section(const Relocate_info<size, big_endian>*,
3121                    unsigned int sh_type,
3122                    const unsigned char* prelocs,
3123                    size_t reloc_count,
3124                    Output_section* output_section,
3125                    bool needs_special_offset_handling,
3126                    unsigned char* view,
3127                    Mips_address view_address,
3128                    section_size_type view_size,
3129                    const Reloc_symbol_changes*);
3130
3131   // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
3132   void
3133   scan_relocatable_relocs(Symbol_table* symtab,
3134                           Layout* layout,
3135                           Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
3136                           unsigned int data_shndx,
3137                           unsigned int sh_type,
3138                           const unsigned char* prelocs,
3139                           size_t reloc_count,
3140                           Output_section* output_section,
3141                           bool needs_special_offset_handling,
3142                           size_t local_symbol_count,
3143                           const unsigned char* plocal_symbols,
3144                           Relocatable_relocs*);
3145
3146   // Scan the relocs for --emit-relocs.
3147   void
3148   emit_relocs_scan(Symbol_table* symtab,
3149                    Layout* layout,
3150                    Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
3151                    unsigned int data_shndx,
3152                    unsigned int sh_type,
3153                    const unsigned char* prelocs,
3154                    size_t reloc_count,
3155                    Output_section* output_section,
3156                    bool needs_special_offset_handling,
3157                    size_t local_symbol_count,
3158                    const unsigned char* plocal_syms,
3159                    Relocatable_relocs* rr);
3160
3161   // Emit relocations for a section.
3162   void
3163   relocate_relocs(const Relocate_info<size, big_endian>*,
3164                   unsigned int sh_type,
3165                   const unsigned char* prelocs,
3166                   size_t reloc_count,
3167                   Output_section* output_section,
3168                   typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Off
3169                     offset_in_output_section,
3170                   unsigned char* view,
3171                   Mips_address view_address,
3172                   section_size_type view_size,
3173                   unsigned char* reloc_view,
3174                   section_size_type reloc_view_size);
3175
3176   // Perform target-specific processing in a relocatable link.  This is
3177   // only used if we use the relocation strategy RELOC_SPECIAL.
3178   void
3179   relocate_special_relocatable(const Relocate_info<size, big_endian>* relinfo,
3180                                unsigned int sh_type,
3181                                const unsigned char* preloc_in,
3182                                size_t relnum,
3183                                Output_section* output_section,
3184                                typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Off
3185                                  offset_in_output_section,
3186                                unsigned char* view,
3187                                Mips_address view_address,
3188                                section_size_type view_size,
3189                                unsigned char* preloc_out);
3190
3191   // Return whether SYM is defined by the ABI.
3192   bool
3193   do_is_defined_by_abi(const Symbol* sym) const
3194   {
3195     return ((strcmp(sym->name(), "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
3196             || (strcmp(sym->name(), "_gp_disp") == 0)
3197             || (strcmp(sym->name(), "___tls_get_addr") == 0));
3198   }
3199
3200   // Return the number of entries in the GOT.
3201   unsigned int
3202   got_entry_count() const
3203   {
3204     if (!this->has_got_section())
3205       return 0;
3206     return this->got_size() / (size/8);
3207   }
3208
3209   // Return the number of entries in the PLT.
3210   unsigned int
3211   plt_entry_count() const
3212   {
3213     if (this->plt_ == NULL)
3214       return 0;
3215     return this->plt_->entry_count();
3216   }
3217
3218   // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
3219   unsigned int
3220   first_plt_entry_offset() const
3221   { return this->plt_->first_plt_entry_offset(); }
3222
3223   // Return the size of each PLT entry.
3224   unsigned int
3225   plt_entry_size() const
3226   { return this->plt_->plt_entry_size(); }
3227
3228   // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
3229   Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>*
3230   got_section(Symbol_table*, Layout*);
3231
3232   // Get the GOT section.
3233   Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>*
3234   got_section() const
3235   {
3236     gold_assert(this->got_ != NULL);
3237     return this->got_;
3238   }
3239
3240   // Get the .MIPS.stubs section, creating it if necessary.
3241   Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>*
3242   mips_stubs_section(Layout* layout);
3243
3244   // Get the .MIPS.stubs section.
3245   Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>*
3246   mips_stubs_section() const
3247   {
3248     gold_assert(this->mips_stubs_ != NULL);
3249     return this->mips_stubs_;
3250   }
3251
3252   // Get the LA25 stub section, creating it if necessary.
3253   Mips_output_data_la25_stub<size, big_endian>*
3254   la25_stub_section(Layout*);
3255
3256   // Get the LA25 stub section.
3257   Mips_output_data_la25_stub<size, big_endian>*
3258   la25_stub_section()
3259   {
3260     gold_assert(this->la25_stub_ != NULL);
3261     return this->la25_stub_;
3262   }
3263
3264   // Get gp value.  It has the value of .got + 0x7FF0.
3265   Mips_address
3266   gp_value() const
3267   {
3268     if (this->gp_ != NULL)
3269       return this->gp_->value();
3270     return 0;
3271   }
3272
3273   // Get gp value.  It has the value of .got + 0x7FF0.  Adjust it for
3274   // multi-GOT links so that OBJECT's GOT + 0x7FF0 is returned.
3275   Mips_address
3276   adjusted_gp_value(const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object)
3277   {
3278     if (this->gp_ == NULL)
3279       return 0;
3280
3281     bool multi_got = false;
3282     if (this->has_got_section())
3283       multi_got = this->got_section()->multi_got();
3284     if (!multi_got)
3285       return this->gp_->value();
3286     else
3287       return this->gp_->value() + this->got_section()->get_got_offset(object);
3288   }
3289
3290   // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
3291   Reloc_section*
3292   rel_dyn_section(Layout*);
3293
3294   bool
3295   do_has_custom_set_dynsym_indexes() const
3296   { return true; }
3297
3298   // Don't emit input .reginfo sections to output .reginfo.
3299   bool
3300   do_should_include_section(elfcpp::Elf_Word sh_type) const
3301   { return sh_type != elfcpp::SHT_MIPS_REGINFO; }
3302
3303   // Set the dynamic symbol indexes.  INDEX is the index of the first
3304   // global dynamic symbol.  Pointers to the symbols are stored into the
3305   // vector SYMS.  The names are added to DYNPOOL.  This returns an
3306   // updated dynamic symbol index.
3307   unsigned int
3308   do_set_dynsym_indexes(std::vector<Symbol*>* dyn_symbols, unsigned int index,
3309                         std::vector<Symbol*>* syms, Stringpool* dynpool,
3310                         Versions* versions, Symbol_table* symtab) const;
3311
3312   // Remove .MIPS.stubs entry for a symbol.
3313   void
3314   remove_lazy_stub_entry(Mips_symbol<size>* sym)
3315   {
3316     if (this->mips_stubs_ != NULL)
3317       this->mips_stubs_->remove_entry(sym);
3318   }
3319
3320   // The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
3321   // a GNU object.  The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
3322   // module pointer.
3323   uint64_t
3324   mips_elf_gnu_got1_mask()
3325   {
3326     if (this->is_output_n64())
3327       return (uint64_t)1 << 63;
3328     else
3329       return 1 << 31;
3330   }
3331
3332   // Whether the output has microMIPS code.  This is valid only after
3333   // merge_processor_specific_flags() is called.
3334   bool
3335   is_output_micromips() const
3336   {
3337     gold_assert(this->are_processor_specific_flags_set());
3338     return elfcpp::is_micromips(this->processor_specific_flags());
3339   }
3340
3341   // Whether the output uses N32 ABI.  This is valid only after
3342   // merge_processor_specific_flags() is called.
3343   bool
3344   is_output_n32() const
3345   {
3346     gold_assert(this->are_processor_specific_flags_set());
3347     return elfcpp::abi_n32(this->processor_specific_flags());
3348   }
3349
3350   // Whether the output uses N64 ABI.  This is valid only after
3351   // merge_processor_specific_flags() is called.
3352   bool
3353   is_output_n64() const
3354   {
3355     gold_assert(this->are_processor_specific_flags_set());
3356     return elfcpp::abi_64(this->ei_class_);
3357   }
3358
3359   // Whether the output uses NEWABI.  This is valid only after
3360   // merge_processor_specific_flags() is called.
3361   bool
3362   is_output_newabi() const
3363   { return this->is_output_n32() || this->is_output_n64(); }
3364
3365   // Whether we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions.
3366   bool
3367   use_32bit_micromips_instructions() const
3368   { return this->insn32_; }
3369
3370   // Return the r_sym field from a relocation.
3371   unsigned int
3372   get_r_sym(const unsigned char* preloc) const
3373   {
3374     // Since REL and RELA relocs share the same structure through
3375     // the r_info field, we can just use REL here.
3376     Reltype rel(preloc);
3377     return Mips_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, size, big_endian>::
3378         get_r_sym(&rel);
3379   }
3380
3381  protected:
3382   // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
3383   // treatment.  This is how we support equality comparisons of function
3384   // pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the
3385   // processor specific ABI supplement.
3386   uint64_t
3387   do_dynsym_value(const Symbol* gsym) const;
3388
3389   // Make an ELF object.
3390   Object*
3391   do_make_elf_object(const std::string&, Input_file*, off_t,
3392                      const elfcpp::Ehdr<size, big_endian>& ehdr);
3393
3394   Object*
3395   do_make_elf_object(const std::string&, Input_file*, off_t,
3396                      const elfcpp::Ehdr<size, !big_endian>&)
3397   { gold_unreachable(); }
3398
3399   // Make an output section.
3400   Output_section*
3401   do_make_output_section(const char* name, elfcpp::Elf_Word type,
3402                          elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags)
3403     {
3404       if (type == elfcpp::SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
3405         return new Mips_output_section_reginfo<size, big_endian>(name, type,
3406                                                                  flags, this);
3407       else
3408         return new Output_section(name, type, flags);
3409     }
3410
3411   // Adjust ELF file header.
3412   void
3413   do_adjust_elf_header(unsigned char* view, int len);
3414
3415   // Get the custom dynamic tag value.
3416   unsigned int
3417   do_dynamic_tag_custom_value(elfcpp::DT) const;
3418
3419   // Adjust the value written to the dynamic symbol table.
3420   virtual void
3421   do_adjust_dyn_symbol(const Symbol* sym, unsigned char* view) const
3422   {
3423     elfcpp::Sym<size, big_endian> isym(view);
3424     elfcpp::Sym_write<size, big_endian> osym(view);
3425     const Mips_symbol<size>* mips_sym = Mips_symbol<size>::as_mips_sym(sym);
3426
3427     // Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd.  This allows the dynamic linker
3428     // to treat compressed symbols like any other.
3429     Mips_address value = isym.get_st_value();
3430     if (mips_sym->is_mips16() && value != 0)
3431       {
3432         if (!mips_sym->has_mips16_fn_stub())
3433           value |= 1;
3434         else
3435           {
3436             // If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol
3437             // must refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard
3438             // calling conventions.  Stub contains MIPS32 code, so don't add +1
3439             // in this case.
3440
3441             // There is a code which does this in the method
3442             // Target_mips::do_dynsym_value, but that code will only be
3443             // executed if the symbol is from dynobj.
3444             // TODO(sasa): GNU ld also changes the value in non-dynamic symbol
3445             // table.
3446
3447             Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>* fn_stub =
3448               mips_sym->template get_mips16_fn_stub<big_endian>();
3449             value = fn_stub->output_address();
3450             osym.put_st_size(fn_stub->section_size());
3451           }
3452
3453         osym.put_st_value(value);
3454         osym.put_st_other(elfcpp::elf_st_other(sym->visibility(),
3455                           mips_sym->nonvis() - (elfcpp::STO_MIPS16 >> 2)));
3456       }
3457     else if ((mips_sym->is_micromips()
3458               // Stubs are always microMIPS if there is any microMIPS code in
3459               // the output.
3460               || (this->is_output_micromips() && mips_sym->has_lazy_stub()))
3461              && value != 0)
3462       {
3463         osym.put_st_value(value | 1);
3464         osym.put_st_other(elfcpp::elf_st_other(sym->visibility(),
3465                           mips_sym->nonvis() - (elfcpp::STO_MICROMIPS >> 2)));
3466       }
3467   }
3468
3469  private:
3470   // The class which scans relocations.
3471   class Scan
3472   {
3473    public:
3474     Scan()
3475     { }
3476
3477     static inline int
3478     get_reference_flags(unsigned int r_type);
3479
3480     inline void
3481     local(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_mips* target,
3482           Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
3483           unsigned int data_shndx,
3484           Output_section* output_section,
3485           const Reltype& reloc, unsigned int r_type,
3486           const elfcpp::Sym<size, big_endian>& lsym,
3487           bool is_discarded);
3488
3489     inline void
3490     local(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_mips* target,
3491           Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
3492           unsigned int data_shndx,
3493           Output_section* output_section,
3494           const Relatype& reloc, unsigned int r_type,
3495           const elfcpp::Sym<size, big_endian>& lsym,
3496           bool is_discarded);
3497
3498     inline void
3499     local(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_mips* target,
3500           Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
3501           unsigned int data_shndx,
3502           Output_section* output_section,
3503           const Relatype* rela,
3504           const Reltype* rel,
3505           unsigned int rel_type,
3506           unsigned int r_type,
3507           const elfcpp::Sym<size, big_endian>& lsym,
3508           bool is_discarded);
3509
3510     inline void
3511     global(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_mips* target,
3512            Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
3513            unsigned int data_shndx,
3514            Output_section* output_section,
3515            const Reltype& reloc, unsigned int r_type,
3516            Symbol* gsym);
3517
3518     inline void
3519     global(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_mips* target,
3520            Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
3521            unsigned int data_shndx,
3522            Output_section* output_section,
3523            const Relatype& reloc, unsigned int r_type,
3524            Symbol* gsym);
3525
3526     inline void
3527     global(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_mips* target,
3528            Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
3529            unsigned int data_shndx,
3530            Output_section* output_section,
3531            const Relatype* rela,
3532            const Reltype* rel,
3533            unsigned int rel_type,
3534            unsigned int r_type,
3535            Symbol* gsym);
3536
3537     inline bool
3538     local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table* , Layout*,
3539                                         Target_mips*,
3540                                         Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>*,
3541                                         unsigned int,
3542                                         Output_section*,
3543                                         const Reltype&,
3544                                         unsigned int,
3545                                         const elfcpp::Sym<size, big_endian>&)
3546     { return false; }
3547
3548     inline bool
3549     global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table*, Layout*,
3550                                          Target_mips*,
3551                                          Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>*,
3552                                          unsigned int,
3553                                          Output_section*,
3554                                          const Reltype&,
3555                                          unsigned int, Symbol*)
3556     { return false; }
3557
3558     inline bool
3559     local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table*, Layout*,
3560                                         Target_mips*,
3561                                         Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>*,
3562                                         unsigned int,
3563                                         Output_section*,
3564                                         const Relatype&,
3565                                         unsigned int,
3566                                         const elfcpp::Sym<size, big_endian>&)
3567     { return false; }
3568
3569     inline bool
3570     global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table*, Layout*,
3571                                          Target_mips*,
3572                                          Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>*,
3573                                          unsigned int,
3574                                          Output_section*,
3575                                          const Relatype&,
3576                                          unsigned int, Symbol*)
3577     { return false; }
3578    private:
3579     static void
3580     unsupported_reloc_local(Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>*,
3581                             unsigned int r_type);
3582
3583     static void
3584     unsupported_reloc_global(Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>*,
3585                              unsigned int r_type, Symbol*);
3586   };
3587
3588   // The class which implements relocation.
3589   class Relocate
3590   {
3591    public:
3592     Relocate()
3593     { }
3594
3595     ~Relocate()
3596     { }
3597
3598     // Return whether the R_MIPS_32 relocation needs to be applied.
3599     inline bool
3600     should_apply_r_mips_32_reloc(const Mips_symbol<size>* gsym,
3601                                  unsigned int r_type,
3602                                  Output_section* output_section,
3603                                  Target_mips* target);
3604
3605     // Do a relocation.  Return false if the caller should not issue
3606     // any warnings about this relocation.
3607     inline bool
3608     relocate(const Relocate_info<size, big_endian>*, unsigned int,
3609              Target_mips*, Output_section*, size_t, const unsigned char*,
3610              const Sized_symbol<size>*, const Symbol_value<size>*,
3611              unsigned char*, Mips_address, section_size_type);
3612   };
3613
3614   // This POD class holds the dynamic relocations that should be emitted instead
3615   // of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32 and R_MIPS_64 relocations.  We will emit these
3616   // relocations if it turns out that the symbol does not have static
3617   // relocations.
3618   class Dyn_reloc
3619   {
3620    public:
3621     Dyn_reloc(Mips_symbol<size>* sym, unsigned int r_type,
3622               Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj, unsigned int shndx,
3623               Output_section* output_section, Mips_address r_offset)
3624       : sym_(sym), r_type_(r_type), relobj_(relobj),
3625         shndx_(shndx), output_section_(output_section),
3626         r_offset_(r_offset)
3627     { }
3628
3629     // Emit this reloc if appropriate.  This is called after we have
3630     // scanned all the relocations, so we know whether the symbol has
3631     // static relocations.
3632     void
3633     emit(Reloc_section* rel_dyn, Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>* got,
3634          Symbol_table* symtab)
3635     {
3636       if (!this->sym_->has_static_relocs())
3637         {
3638           got->record_global_got_symbol(this->sym_, this->relobj_,
3639                                         this->r_type_, true, false);
3640           if (!symbol_references_local(this->sym_,
3641                                 this->sym_->should_add_dynsym_entry(symtab)))
3642             rel_dyn->add_global(this->sym_, this->r_type_,
3643                                 this->output_section_, this->relobj_,
3644                                 this->shndx_, this->r_offset_);
3645           else
3646             rel_dyn->add_symbolless_global_addend(this->sym_, this->r_type_,
3647                                           this->output_section_, this->relobj_,
3648                                           this->shndx_, this->r_offset_);
3649         }
3650     }
3651
3652    private:
3653     Mips_symbol<size>* sym_;
3654     unsigned int r_type_;
3655     Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj_;
3656     unsigned int shndx_;
3657     Output_section* output_section_;
3658     Mips_address r_offset_;
3659   };
3660
3661   // Adjust TLS relocation type based on the options and whether this
3662   // is a local symbol.
3663   static tls::Tls_optimization
3664   optimize_tls_reloc(bool is_final, int r_type);
3665
3666   // Return whether there is a GOT section.
3667   bool
3668   has_got_section() const
3669   { return this->got_ != NULL; }
3670
3671   // Check whether the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary.
3672   bool
3673   mips_32bit_flags(elfcpp::Elf_Word);
3674
3675   enum Mips_mach {
3676     mach_mips3000             = 3000,
3677     mach_mips3900             = 3900,
3678     mach_mips4000             = 4000,
3679     mach_mips4010             = 4010,
3680     mach_mips4100             = 4100,
3681     mach_mips4111             = 4111,
3682     mach_mips4120             = 4120,
3683     mach_mips4300             = 4300,
3684     mach_mips4400             = 4400,
3685     mach_mips4600             = 4600,
3686     mach_mips4650             = 4650,
3687     mach_mips5000             = 5000,
3688     mach_mips5400             = 5400,
3689     mach_mips5500             = 5500,
3690     mach_mips6000             = 6000,
3691     mach_mips7000             = 7000,
3692     mach_mips8000             = 8000,
3693     mach_mips9000             = 9000,
3694     mach_mips10000            = 10000,
3695     mach_mips12000            = 12000,
3696     mach_mips14000            = 14000,
3697     mach_mips16000            = 16000,
3698     mach_mips16               = 16,
3699     mach_mips5                = 5,
3700     mach_mips_loongson_2e     = 3001,
3701     mach_mips_loongson_2f     = 3002,
3702     mach_mips_loongson_3a     = 3003,
3703     mach_mips_sb1             = 12310201, // octal 'SB', 01
3704     mach_mips_octeon          = 6501,
3705     mach_mips_octeonp         = 6601,
3706     mach_mips_octeon2         = 6502,
3707     mach_mips_xlr             = 887682,   // decimal 'XLR'
3708     mach_mipsisa32            = 32,
3709     mach_mipsisa32r2          = 33,
3710     mach_mipsisa64            = 64,
3711     mach_mipsisa64r2          = 65,
3712     mach_mips_micromips       = 96
3713   };
3714
3715   // Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value.
3716   unsigned int
3717   elf_mips_mach(elfcpp::Elf_Word);
3718
3719   // Check whether machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE.
3720   bool
3721   mips_mach_extends(unsigned int, unsigned int);
3722
3723   // Merge processor specific flags.
3724   void
3725   merge_processor_specific_flags(const std::string&, elfcpp::Elf_Word,
3726                                  unsigned char, bool);
3727
3728   // True if we are linking for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
3729   static inline bool
3730   jal_to_bal()
3731   { return false; }
3732
3733   // True if we are linking for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to
3734   // BAL.  This should be safe for all architectures.  We enable this predicate
3735   // for all CPUs.
3736   static inline bool
3737   jalr_to_bal()
3738   { return true; }
3739
3740   // True if we are linking for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
3741   // This should be safe for all architectures.  We enable this predicate for
3742   // all CPUs.
3743   static inline bool
3744   jr_to_b()
3745   { return true; }
3746
3747   // Return the size of the GOT section.
3748   section_size_type
3749   got_size() const
3750   {
3751     gold_assert(this->got_ != NULL);
3752     return this->got_->data_size();
3753   }
3754
3755   // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol referenced by r_type relocation.
3756   void
3757   make_plt_entry(Symbol_table*, Layout*, Mips_symbol<size>*,
3758                  unsigned int r_type);
3759
3760   // Get the PLT section.
3761   Mips_output_data_plt<size, big_endian>*
3762   plt_section() const
3763   {
3764     gold_assert(this->plt_ != NULL);
3765     return this->plt_;
3766   }
3767
3768   // Get the GOT PLT section.
3769   const Mips_output_data_plt<size, big_endian>*
3770   got_plt_section() const
3771   {
3772     gold_assert(this->got_plt_ != NULL);
3773     return this->got_plt_;
3774   }
3775
3776   // Copy a relocation against a global symbol.
3777   void
3778   copy_reloc(Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout,
3779              Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
3780              unsigned int shndx, Output_section* output_section,
3781              Symbol* sym, const Reltype& reloc)
3782   {
3783     unsigned int r_type =
3784         Mips_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, size, big_endian>::
3785           get_r_type(&reloc);
3786     this->copy_relocs_.copy_reloc(symtab, layout,
3787                                   symtab->get_sized_symbol<size>(sym),
3788                                   object, shndx, output_section,
3789                                   r_type, reloc.get_r_offset(), 0,
3790                                   this->rel_dyn_section(layout));
3791   }
3792
3793   void
3794   dynamic_reloc(Mips_symbol<size>* sym, unsigned int r_type,
3795                 Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj,
3796                 unsigned int shndx, Output_section* output_section,
3797                 Mips_address r_offset)
3798   {
3799     this->dyn_relocs_.push_back(Dyn_reloc(sym, r_type, relobj, shndx,
3800                                           output_section, r_offset));
3801   }
3802
3803   // Calculate value of _gp symbol.
3804   void
3805   set_gp(Layout*, Symbol_table*);
3806
3807   const char*
3808   elf_mips_abi_name(elfcpp::Elf_Word e_flags, unsigned char ei_class);
3809   const char*
3810   elf_mips_mach_name(elfcpp::Elf_Word e_flags);
3811
3812   // Adds entries that describe how machines relate to one another.  The entries
3813   // are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last.  First
3814   // element is extension, second element is base.
3815   void
3816   add_machine_extensions()
3817   {
3818     // MIPS64r2 extensions.
3819     this->add_extension(mach_mips_octeon2, mach_mips_octeonp);
3820     this->add_extension(mach_mips_octeonp, mach_mips_octeon);
3821     this->add_extension(mach_mips_octeon, mach_mipsisa64r2);
3822
3823     // MIPS64 extensions.
3824     this->add_extension(mach_mipsisa64r2, mach_mipsisa64);
3825     this->add_extension(mach_mips_sb1, mach_mipsisa64);
3826     this->add_extension(mach_mips_xlr, mach_mipsisa64);
3827     this->add_extension(mach_mips_loongson_3a, mach_mipsisa64);
3828
3829     // MIPS V extensions.
3830     this->add_extension(mach_mipsisa64, mach_mips5);
3831
3832     // R10000 extensions.
3833     this->add_extension(mach_mips12000, mach_mips10000);
3834     this->add_extension(mach_mips14000, mach_mips10000);
3835     this->add_extension(mach_mips16000, mach_mips10000);
3836
3837     // R5000 extensions.  Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
3838     // vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff.  It seems
3839     // better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
3840     // many libraries will just use the core ISA.  Perhaps we could add
3841     // some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem.
3842     this->add_extension(mach_mips5500, mach_mips5400);
3843     this->add_extension(mach_mips5400, mach_mips5000);
3844
3845     // MIPS IV extensions.
3846     this->add_extension(mach_mips5, mach_mips8000);
3847     this->add_extension(mach_mips10000, mach_mips8000);
3848     this->add_extension(mach_mips5000, mach_mips8000);
3849     this->add_extension(mach_mips7000, mach_mips8000);
3850     this->add_extension(mach_mips9000, mach_mips8000);
3851
3852     // VR4100 extensions.
3853     this->add_extension(mach_mips4120, mach_mips4100);
3854     this->add_extension(mach_mips4111, mach_mips4100);
3855
3856     // MIPS III extensions.
3857     this->add_extension(mach_mips_loongson_2e, mach_mips4000);
3858     this->add_extension(mach_mips_loongson_2f, mach_mips4000);
3859     this->add_extension(mach_mips8000, mach_mips4000);
3860     this->add_extension(mach_mips4650, mach_mips4000);
3861     this->add_extension(mach_mips4600, mach_mips4000);
3862     this->add_extension(mach_mips4400, mach_mips4000);
3863     this->add_extension(mach_mips4300, mach_mips4000);
3864     this->add_extension(mach_mips4100, mach_mips4000);
3865     this->add_extension(mach_mips4010, mach_mips4000);
3866
3867     // MIPS32 extensions.
3868     this->add_extension(mach_mipsisa32r2, mach_mipsisa32);
3869
3870     // MIPS II extensions.
3871     this->add_extension(mach_mips4000, mach_mips6000);
3872     this->add_extension(mach_mipsisa32, mach_mips6000);
3873
3874     // MIPS I extensions.
3875     this->add_extension(mach_mips6000, mach_mips3000);
3876     this->add_extension(mach_mips3900, mach_mips3000);
3877   }
3878
3879   // Add value to MIPS extenstions.
3880   void
3881   add_extension(unsigned int base, unsigned int extension)
3882   {
3883     std::pair<unsigned int, unsigned int> ext(base, extension);
3884     this->mips_mach_extensions_.push_back(ext);
3885   }
3886
3887   // Return the number of entries in the .dynsym section.
3888   unsigned int get_dt_mips_symtabno() const
3889   {
3890     return ((unsigned int)(this->layout_->dynsym_section()->data_size()
3891                            / elfcpp::Elf_sizes<size>::sym_size));
3892     // TODO(sasa): Entry size is MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE.
3893   }
3894
3895   // Information about this specific target which we pass to the
3896   // general Target structure.
3897   static const Target::Target_info mips_info;
3898   // The GOT section.
3899   Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>* got_;
3900   // gp symbol.  It has the value of .got + 0x7FF0.
3901   Sized_symbol<size>* gp_;
3902   // The PLT section.
3903   Mips_output_data_plt<size, big_endian>* plt_;
3904   // The GOT PLT section.
3905   Output_data_space* got_plt_;
3906   // The dynamic reloc section.
3907   Reloc_section* rel_dyn_;
3908   // Relocs saved to avoid a COPY reloc.
3909   Mips_copy_relocs<elfcpp::SHT_REL, size, big_endian> copy_relocs_;
3910
3911   // A list of dyn relocs to be saved.
3912   std::vector<Dyn_reloc> dyn_relocs_;
3913
3914   // The LA25 stub section.
3915   Mips_output_data_la25_stub<size, big_endian>* la25_stub_;
3916   // Architecture extensions.
3917   std::vector<std::pair<unsigned int, unsigned int> > mips_mach_extensions_;
3918   // .MIPS.stubs
3919   Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>* mips_stubs_;
3920
3921   unsigned char ei_class_;
3922   unsigned int mach_;
3923   Layout* layout_;
3924
3925   typename std::list<got16_addend<size, big_endian> > got16_addends_;
3926
3927   // Whether the entry symbol is mips16 or micromips.
3928   bool entry_symbol_is_compressed_;
3929
3930   // Whether we can use only 32-bit microMIPS instructions.
3931   // TODO(sasa): This should be a linker option.
3932   bool insn32_;
3933 };
3934
3935 // Helper structure for R_MIPS*_HI16/LO16 and R_MIPS*_GOT16/LO16 relocations.
3936 // It records high part of the relocation pair.
3937
3938 template<int size, bool big_endian>
3939 struct reloc_high
3940 {
3941   typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr Mips_address;
3942
3943   reloc_high(unsigned char* _view, const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* _object,
3944              const Symbol_value<size>* _psymval, Mips_address _addend,
3945              unsigned int _r_type, unsigned int _r_sym, bool _extract_addend,
3946              Mips_address _address = 0, bool _gp_disp = false)
3947     : view(_view), object(_object), psymval(_psymval), addend(_addend),
3948       r_type(_r_type), r_sym(_r_sym), extract_addend(_extract_addend),
3949       address(_address), gp_disp(_gp_disp)
3950   { }
3951
3952   unsigned char* view;
3953   const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object;
3954   const Symbol_value<size>* psymval;
3955   Mips_address addend;
3956   unsigned int r_type;
3957   unsigned int r_sym;
3958   bool extract_addend;
3959   Mips_address address;
3960   bool gp_disp;
3961 };
3962
3963 template<int size, bool big_endian>
3964 class Mips_relocate_functions : public Relocate_functions<size, big_endian>
3965 {
3966   typedef typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Addr Mips_address;
3967   typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype16;
3968   typedef typename elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::Valtype Valtype32;
3969
3970  public:
3971   typedef enum
3972   {
3973     STATUS_OKAY,        // No error during relocation.
3974     STATUS_OVERFLOW,    // Relocation overflow.
3975     STATUS_BAD_RELOC    // Relocation cannot be applied.
3976   } Status;
3977
3978  private:
3979   typedef Relocate_functions<size, big_endian> Base;
3980   typedef Mips_relocate_functions<size, big_endian> This;
3981
3982   static typename std::list<reloc_high<size, big_endian> > hi16_relocs;
3983   static typename std::list<reloc_high<size, big_endian> > got16_relocs;
3984
3985   //   R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
3986   //   Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
3987   //   are 32 bits.
3988   //
3989   //   The format of these instructions is:
3990   //
3991   //   +--------------+--------------------------------+
3992   //   |     JALX     | X|   Imm 20:16  |   Imm 25:21  |
3993   //   +--------------+--------------------------------+
3994   //   |                Immediate  15:0                |
3995   //   +-----------------------------------------------+
3996   //
3997   //   JALX is the 5-bit value 00011.  X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
3998   //   Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
3999   //
4000   //   When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
4001   //   handled mostly like R_MIPS_26.  In particular, the addend is
4002   //   stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
4003   //   (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
4004   //   R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
4005   //   always zero).  However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
4006   //   16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value.  In a
4007   //   big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
4008   //   file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
4009   //   This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
4010   //   instruction.
4011   //
4012   //   When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
4013   //   instruction stored as two 16-bit values.  The addend A is the
4014   //   contents of the targ26 field.  The calculation is the same as
4015   //   R_MIPS_26.  When storing the calculated value, reorder the
4016   //   immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
4017   //   value as two 16-bit values.
4018   //
4019   //   To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
4020   //   defined as
4021   //
4022   //   big-endian:
4023   //   +--------+----------------------+
4024   //   |        |                      |
4025   //   |        |    targ26-16         |
4026   //   |31    26|25                   0|
4027   //   +--------+----------------------+
4028   //
4029   //   little-endian:
4030   //   +----------+------+-------------+
4031   //   |          |      |             |
4032   //   |  sub1    |      |     sub2    |
4033   //   |0        9|10  15|16         31|
4034   //   +----------+--------------------+
4035   //   where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
4036   //   ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
4037   //
4038   //   When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
4039   //   (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
4040   //   When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
4041   //   let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
4042   //   ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
4043   //
4044   //   The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
4045   //   Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
4046   //   given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
4047   //   immediate fields:
4048   //
4049   //      R_MIPS16_GPREL          R_MIPS_GPREL16
4050   //      R_MIPS16_GOT16          R_MIPS_GOT16
4051   //      R_MIPS16_CALL16         R_MIPS_CALL16
4052   //      R_MIPS16_HI16           R_MIPS_HI16
4053   //      R_MIPS16_LO16           R_MIPS_LO16
4054   //
4055   //   A typical instruction will have a format like this:
4056   //
4057   //   +--------------+--------------------------------+
4058   //   |    EXTEND    |     Imm 10:5    |   Imm 15:11  |
4059   //   +--------------+--------------------------------+
4060   //   |    Major     |   rx   |   ry   |   Imm  4:0   |
4061   //   +--------------+--------------------------------+
4062   //
4063   //   EXTEND is the five bit value 11110.  Major is the instruction
4064   //   opcode.
4065   //
4066   //   All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
4067   //   As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
4068   //   little-endian system.
4069
4070   // Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
4071   // on a little-endian system.  This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
4072   // and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions.
4073
4074   static inline bool
4075   should_shuffle_micromips_reloc(unsigned int r_type)
4076   {
4077     return (micromips_reloc(r_type)
4078             && r_type != elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
4079             && r_type != elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1);
4080   }
4081
4082   static void
4083   mips_reloc_unshuffle(unsigned char* view, unsigned int r_type,
4084                        bool jal_shuffle)
4085   {
4086     if (!mips16_reloc(r_type)
4087         && !should_shuffle_micromips_reloc(r_type))
4088       return;
4089
4090     // Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction.
4091     Valtype16 first = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(view);
4092     Valtype16 second = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(view + 2);
4093     Valtype32 val;
4094
4095     if (micromips_reloc(r_type)
4096         || (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
4097       val = first << 16 | second;
4098     else if (r_type != elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26)
4099       val = (((first & 0xf800) << 16) | ((second & 0xffe0) << 11)
4100              | ((first & 0x1f) << 11) | (first & 0x7e0) | (second & 0x1f));
4101     else
4102       val = (((first & 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first & 0x3e0) << 11)
4103              | ((first & 0x1f) << 21) | second);
4104
4105     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(view, val);
4106   }
4107
4108   static void
4109   mips_reloc_shuffle(unsigned char* view, unsigned int r_type, bool jal_shuffle)
4110   {
4111     if (!mips16_reloc(r_type)
4112         && !should_shuffle_micromips_reloc(r_type))
4113       return;
4114
4115     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(view);
4116     Valtype16 first, second;
4117
4118     if (micromips_reloc(r_type)
4119         || (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26 && !jal_shuffle))
4120       {
4121         second = val & 0xffff;
4122         first = val >> 16;
4123       }
4124     else if (r_type != elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26)
4125       {
4126         second = ((val >> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val & 0x1f);
4127         first = ((val >> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val >> 11) & 0x1f) | (val & 0x7e0);
4128       }
4129     else
4130       {
4131         second = val & 0xffff;
4132         first = ((val >> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val >> 11) & 0x3e0)
4133                  | ((val >> 21) & 0x1f);
4134       }
4135
4136     elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(view + 2, second);
4137     elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(view, first);
4138   }
4139
4140  public:
4141   // R_MIPS_16: S + sign-extend(A)
4142   static inline typename This::Status
4143   rel16(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4144         const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Mips_address addend_a,
4145         bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type)
4146   {
4147     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4148     Valtype16* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype16*>(view);
4149     Valtype16 val = elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4150
4151     Valtype32 addend = (extract_addend ? Bits<16>::sign_extend32(val)
4152                                        : Bits<16>::sign_extend32(addend_a));
4153
4154     Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend);
4155     val = Bits<16>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffffU);
4156     elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
4157     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4158     return (Bits<16>::has_overflow32(x)
4159             ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4160             : This::STATUS_OKAY);
4161   }
4162
4163   // R_MIPS_32: S + A
4164   static inline typename This::Status
4165   rel32(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4166         const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Mips_address addend_a,
4167         bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type)
4168   {
4169     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4170     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4171     Valtype32 addend = (extract_addend
4172                         ? elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv)
4173                         : Bits<32>::sign_extend32(addend_a));
4174     Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend);
4175     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, x);
4176     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4177     return This::STATUS_OKAY;
4178   }
4179
4180   // R_MIPS_JALR, R_MICROMIPS_JALR
4181   static inline typename This::Status
4182   reljalr(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4183           const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Mips_address address,
4184           Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend, bool cross_mode_jump,
4185           unsigned int r_type, bool jalr_to_bal, bool jr_to_b)
4186   {
4187     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4188     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4189     Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? 0 : addend_a;
4190     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4191
4192     // Try converting J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in range.
4193     if (!parameters->options().relocatable()
4194         && r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR
4195         && !cross_mode_jump
4196         && ((jalr_to_bal && val == 0x0320f809)    // jalr t9
4197             || (jr_to_b && val == 0x03200008)))   // jr t9
4198       {
4199         int offset = psymval->value(object, addend) - (address + 4);
4200         if (!Bits<18>::has_overflow32(offset))
4201           {
4202             if (val == 0x03200008)   // jr t9
4203               val = 0x10000000 | (((Valtype32)offset >> 2) & 0xffff);  // b addr
4204             else
4205               val = 0x04110000 | (((Valtype32)offset >> 2) & 0xffff); //bal addr
4206           }
4207       }
4208
4209     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
4210     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4211     return This::STATUS_OKAY;
4212   }
4213
4214   // R_MIPS_PC32: S + A - P
4215   static inline typename This::Status
4216   relpc32(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4217           const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Mips_address address,
4218           Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type)
4219   {
4220     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4221     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4222     Valtype32 addend = (extract_addend
4223                         ? elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv)
4224                         : Bits<32>::sign_extend32(addend_a));
4225     Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend) - address;
4226     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, x);
4227     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4228     return This::STATUS_OKAY;
4229   }
4230
4231   // R_MIPS_26, R_MIPS16_26, R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
4232   static inline typename This::Status
4233   rel26(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4234         const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Mips_address address,
4235         bool local, Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend,
4236         const Symbol* gsym, bool cross_mode_jump, unsigned int r_type,
4237         bool jal_to_bal)
4238   {
4239     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4240     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4241     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4242
4243     Valtype32 addend;
4244     if (extract_addend)
4245       {
4246         if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
4247           addend = (val & 0x03ffffff) << 1;
4248         else
4249           addend = (val & 0x03ffffff) << 2;
4250       }
4251     else
4252       addend = addend_a;
4253
4254     // Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned.  Bit 0 must be
4255     // the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0.
4256     if (cross_mode_jump
4257         && (psymval->value(object, 0) & 3) != (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_26))
4258       {
4259         gold_warning(_("JALX to a non-word-aligned address"));
4260         mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, !parameters->options().relocatable());
4261         return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
4262       }
4263
4264     // Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX.
4265     unsigned int shift =
4266         (!cross_mode_jump && r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1) ? 1 : 2;
4267
4268     Valtype32 x;
4269     if (local)
4270       x = addend | ((address + 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift));
4271     else
4272       {
4273         if (shift == 1)
4274           x = Bits<27>::sign_extend32(addend);
4275         else
4276           x = Bits<28>::sign_extend32(addend);
4277       }
4278     x = psymval->value(object, x) >> shift;
4279
4280     if (!local && !gsym->is_weak_undefined())
4281       {
4282         if ((x >> 26) != ((address + 4) >> (26 + shift)))
4283           {
4284             gold_error(_("relocation truncated to fit: %u against '%s'"),
4285                        r_type, gsym->name());
4286             return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW;
4287           }
4288       }
4289
4290     val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0x03ffffff);
4291
4292     // If required, turn JAL into JALX.
4293     if (cross_mode_jump)
4294       {
4295         bool ok;
4296         Valtype32 opcode = val >> 26;
4297         Valtype32 jalx_opcode;
4298
4299         // Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX.
4300         if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26)
4301           {
4302             ok = (opcode == 0x6) || (opcode == 0x7);
4303             jalx_opcode = 0x7;
4304           }
4305         else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
4306           {
4307             ok = (opcode == 0x3d) || (opcode == 0x3c);
4308             jalx_opcode = 0x3c;
4309           }
4310         else
4311           {
4312             ok = (opcode == 0x3) || (opcode == 0x1d);
4313             jalx_opcode = 0x1d;
4314           }
4315
4316         // If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem.  We cannot
4317         // convert J or JALS to JALX.
4318         if (!ok)
4319           {
4320             gold_error(_("Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider "
4321                          "recompiling with interlinking enabled."));
4322             return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC;
4323           }
4324
4325         // Make this the JALX opcode.
4326         val = (val & ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode << 26);
4327       }
4328
4329     // Try converting JAL to BAL, if the target is in range.
4330     if (!parameters->options().relocatable()
4331         && !cross_mode_jump
4332         && ((jal_to_bal
4333             && r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_26
4334             && (val >> 26) == 0x3)))    // jal addr
4335       {
4336         Valtype32 dest = (x << 2) | (((address + 4) >> 28) << 28);
4337         int offset = dest - (address + 4);
4338         if (!Bits<18>::has_overflow32(offset))
4339           {
4340             if (val == 0x03200008)   // jr t9
4341               val = 0x10000000 | (((Valtype32)offset >> 2) & 0xffff);  // b addr
4342             else
4343               val = 0x04110000 | (((Valtype32)offset >> 2) & 0xffff); //bal addr
4344           }
4345       }
4346
4347     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
4348     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, !parameters->options().relocatable());
4349     return This::STATUS_OKAY;
4350   }
4351
4352   // R_MIPS_PC16
4353   static inline typename This::Status
4354   relpc16(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4355           const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Mips_address address,
4356           Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type)
4357   {
4358     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4359     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4360     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4361
4362     Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? (val & 0xffff) << 2 : addend_a;
4363     addend = Bits<18>::sign_extend32(addend);
4364
4365     Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend) - address;
4366     val = Bits<16>::bit_select32(val, x >> 2, 0xffff);
4367     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
4368     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4369     return (Bits<18>::has_overflow32(x)
4370             ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4371             : This::STATUS_OKAY);
4372   }
4373
4374   // R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
4375   static inline typename This::Status
4376   relmicromips_pc7_s1(unsigned char* view,
4377                       const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4378                       const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Mips_address address,
4379                       Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend,
4380                       unsigned int r_type)
4381   {
4382     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4383     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4384     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4385
4386     Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? (val & 0x7f) << 1 : addend_a;
4387     addend = Bits<8>::sign_extend32(addend);
4388
4389     Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend) - address;
4390     val = Bits<16>::bit_select32(val, x >> 1, 0x7f);
4391     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
4392     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4393     return (Bits<8>::has_overflow32(x)
4394             ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4395             : This::STATUS_OKAY);
4396   }
4397
4398   // R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
4399   static inline typename This::Status
4400   relmicromips_pc10_s1(unsigned char* view,
4401                        const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4402                        const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Mips_address address,
4403                        Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend,
4404                        unsigned int r_type)
4405   {
4406     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4407     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4408     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4409
4410     Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? (val & 0x3ff) << 1 : addend_a;
4411     addend = Bits<11>::sign_extend32(addend);
4412
4413     Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend) - address;
4414     val = Bits<16>::bit_select32(val, x >> 1, 0x3ff);
4415     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
4416     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4417     return (Bits<11>::has_overflow32(x)
4418             ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4419             : This::STATUS_OKAY);
4420   }
4421
4422   // R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
4423   static inline typename This::Status
4424   relmicromips_pc16_s1(unsigned char* view,
4425                        const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4426                        const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Mips_address address,
4427                        Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend,
4428                        unsigned int r_type)
4429   {
4430     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4431     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4432     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4433
4434     Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? (val & 0xffff) << 1 : addend_a;
4435     addend = Bits<17>::sign_extend32(addend);
4436
4437     Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend) - address;
4438     val = Bits<16>::bit_select32(val, x >> 1, 0xffff);
4439     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
4440     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4441     return (Bits<17>::has_overflow32(x)
4442             ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4443             : This::STATUS_OKAY);
4444   }
4445
4446   // R_MIPS_HI16, R_MIPS16_HI16, R_MICROMIPS_HI16,
4447   static inline typename This::Status
4448   relhi16(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4449           const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Mips_address addend,
4450           Mips_address address, bool gp_disp, unsigned int r_type,
4451           unsigned int r_sym, bool extract_addend)
4452   {
4453     // Record the relocation.  It will be resolved when we find lo16 part.
4454     hi16_relocs.push_back(reloc_high<size, big_endian>(view, object, psymval,
4455                           addend, r_type, r_sym, extract_addend, address,
4456                           gp_disp));
4457     return This::STATUS_OKAY;
4458   }
4459
4460   // R_MIPS_HI16, R_MIPS16_HI16, R_MICROMIPS_HI16,
4461   static inline typename This::Status
4462   do_relhi16(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4463              const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Mips_address addend_hi,
4464              Mips_address address, bool is_gp_disp, unsigned int r_type,
4465              bool extract_addend, Valtype32 addend_lo,
4466              Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target)
4467   {
4468     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4469     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4470     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4471
4472     Valtype32 addend = (extract_addend ? ((val & 0xffff) << 16) + addend_lo
4473                                        : addend_hi);
4474
4475     Valtype32 value;
4476     if (!is_gp_disp)
4477       value = psymval->value(object, addend);
4478     else
4479       {
4480         // For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
4481         //    0: li      $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
4482         //    4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
4483         //    8: sll     $v0,16
4484         //   12: addu    $v0,$v1
4485         //   14: move    $gp,$v0
4486         // So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
4487         // base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
4488         // ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
4489         // so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3.
4490         Valtype32 gp_disp;
4491         if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16)
4492           gp_disp = (target->adjusted_gp_value(object)
4493                      - ((address + 4) & ~0x3));
4494         // The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
4495         // instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
4496         // incoming $t9 has the low bit set.
4497         else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16)
4498           gp_disp = target->adjusted_gp_value(object) - address - 1;
4499         else
4500           gp_disp = target->adjusted_gp_value(object) - address;
4501         value = gp_disp + addend;
4502       }
4503     Valtype32 x = ((value + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4504     val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff);
4505     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
4506     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4507     return (is_gp_disp && Bits<16>::has_overflow32(x)
4508             ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4509             : This::STATUS_OKAY);
4510   }
4511
4512   // R_MIPS_GOT16, R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
4513   static inline typename This::Status
4514   relgot16_local(unsigned char* view,
4515                  const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4516                  const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Mips_address addend_a,
4517                  bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type, unsigned int r_sym)
4518   {
4519     // Record the relocation.  It will be resolved when we find lo16 part.
4520     got16_relocs.push_back(reloc_high<size, big_endian>(view, object, psymval,
4521                            addend_a, r_type, r_sym, extract_addend));
4522     return This::STATUS_OKAY;
4523   }
4524
4525   // R_MIPS_GOT16, R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
4526   static inline typename This::Status
4527   do_relgot16_local(unsigned char* view,
4528                     const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4529                     const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Mips_address addend_hi,
4530                     unsigned int r_type, bool extract_addend,
4531                     Valtype32 addend_lo, Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target)
4532   {
4533     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4534     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4535     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4536
4537     Valtype32 addend = (extract_addend ? ((val & 0xffff) << 16) + addend_lo
4538                                        : addend_hi);
4539
4540     // Find GOT page entry.
4541     Mips_address value = ((psymval->value(object, addend) + 0x8000) >> 16)
4542                           & 0xffff;
4543     value <<= 16;
4544     unsigned int got_offset =
4545       target->got_section()->get_got_page_offset(value, object);
4546
4547     // Resolve the relocation.
4548     Valtype32 x = target->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset, object);
4549     val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff);
4550     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
4551     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4552     return (Bits<16>::has_overflow32(x)
4553             ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4554             : This::STATUS_OKAY);
4555   }
4556
4557   // R_MIPS_LO16, R_MIPS16_LO16, R_MICROMIPS_LO16, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
4558   static inline typename This::Status
4559   rello16(Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target, unsigned char* view,
4560           const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4561           const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Mips_address addend_a,
4562           bool extract_addend, Mips_address address, bool is_gp_disp,
4563           unsigned int r_type, unsigned int r_sym)
4564   {
4565     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4566     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4567     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4568
4569     Valtype32 addend = (extract_addend ? Bits<16>::sign_extend32(val & 0xffff)
4570                                        : addend_a);
4571
4572     // Resolve pending R_MIPS_HI16 relocations.
4573     typename std::list<reloc_high<size, big_endian> >::iterator it =
4574       hi16_relocs.begin();
4575     while (it != hi16_relocs.end())
4576       {
4577         reloc_high<size, big_endian> hi16 = *it;
4578         if (hi16.r_sym == r_sym
4579             && is_matching_lo16_reloc(hi16.r_type, r_type))
4580           {
4581             if (do_relhi16(hi16.view, hi16.object, hi16.psymval, hi16.addend,
4582                            hi16.address, hi16.gp_disp, hi16.r_type,
4583                            hi16.extract_addend, addend, target)
4584                 == This::STATUS_OVERFLOW)
4585               return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW;
4586             it = hi16_relocs.erase(it);
4587           }
4588         else
4589           ++it;
4590       }
4591
4592     // Resolve pending local R_MIPS_GOT16 relocations.
4593     typename std::list<reloc_high<size, big_endian> >::iterator it2 =
4594       got16_relocs.begin();
4595     while (it2 != got16_relocs.end())
4596       {
4597         reloc_high<size, big_endian> got16 = *it2;
4598         if (got16.r_sym == r_sym
4599             && is_matching_lo16_reloc(got16.r_type, r_type))
4600           {
4601             if (do_relgot16_local(got16.view, got16.object, got16.psymval,
4602                                   got16.addend, got16.r_type,
4603                                   got16.extract_addend, addend,
4604                                   target) == This::STATUS_OVERFLOW)
4605               return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW;
4606             it2 = got16_relocs.erase(it2);
4607           }
4608         else
4609           ++it2;
4610       }
4611
4612     // Resolve R_MIPS_LO16 relocation.
4613     Valtype32 x;
4614     if (!is_gp_disp)
4615       x = psymval->value(object, addend);
4616     else
4617       {
4618         // See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
4619         // for this conditional.
4620         Valtype32 gp_disp;
4621         if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16)
4622           gp_disp = target->adjusted_gp_value(object) - (address & ~0x3);
4623         else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16
4624                  || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16)
4625           gp_disp = target->adjusted_gp_value(object) - address + 3;
4626         else
4627           gp_disp = target->adjusted_gp_value(object) - address + 4;
4628         // The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
4629         // for overflow.  Relocations against _gp_disp are normally
4630         // generated from the .cpload pseudo-op.  It generates code
4631         // that normally looks like this:
4632
4633         //   lui    $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
4634         //   addiu  $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
4635         //   addu   $gp,$gp,$t9
4636
4637         // Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
4638         // as required by the MIPS ELF ABI.  The R_MIPS_LO16
4639         // relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
4640         // R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
4641         // Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
4642         // not check for overflow here.
4643         x = gp_disp + addend;
4644       }
4645     val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff);
4646     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
4647     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4648     return This::STATUS_OKAY;
4649   }
4650
4651   // R_MIPS_CALL16, R_MIPS16_CALL16, R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
4652   // R_MIPS_GOT16, R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
4653   // R_MIPS_TLS_GD, R_MIPS16_TLS_GD, R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
4654   // R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL, R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL, R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
4655   // R_MIPS_TLS_LDM, R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM, R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
4656   // R_MIPS_GOT_DISP, R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
4657   static inline typename This::Status
4658   relgot(unsigned char* view, int gp_offset, unsigned int r_type)
4659   {
4660     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4661     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4662     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4663     Valtype32 x = gp_offset;
4664     val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff);
4665     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
4666     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4667     return (Bits<16>::has_overflow32(x)
4668             ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4669             : This::STATUS_OKAY);
4670   }
4671
4672   // R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE, R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
4673   static inline typename This::Status
4674   relgotpage(Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target, unsigned char* view,
4675              const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4676              const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Mips_address addend_a,
4677              bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type)
4678   {
4679     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4680     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4681     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(view);
4682     Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? val & 0xffff : addend_a;
4683
4684     // Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of symbol + addend.
4685     Mips_address value = (psymval->value(object, addend) + 0x8000) & ~0xffff;
4686     unsigned int  got_offset =
4687       target->got_section()->get_got_page_offset(value, object);
4688
4689     Valtype32 x = target->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset, object);
4690     val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff);
4691     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
4692     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4693     return (Bits<16>::has_overflow32(x)
4694             ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4695             : This::STATUS_OKAY);
4696   }
4697
4698   // R_MIPS_GOT_OFST, R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
4699   static inline typename This::Status
4700   relgotofst(Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target, unsigned char* view,
4701              const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4702              const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Mips_address addend_a,
4703              bool extract_addend, bool local, unsigned int r_type)
4704   {
4705     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4706     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4707     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(view);
4708     Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? val & 0xffff : addend_a;
4709
4710     // For a local symbol, find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of
4711     // symbol + addend.  Relocation value is the offset of the GOT page entry's
4712     // value from symbol + addend.
4713     // For a global symbol, relocation value is addend.
4714     Valtype32 x;
4715     if (local)
4716       {
4717         // Find GOT page entry.
4718         Mips_address value = ((psymval->value(object, addend) + 0x8000)
4719                               & ~0xffff);
4720         target->got_section()->get_got_page_offset(value, object);
4721
4722         x = psymval->value(object, addend) - value;
4723       }
4724     else
4725       x = addend;
4726     val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff);
4727     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
4728     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4729     return (Bits<16>::has_overflow32(x)
4730             ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
4731             : This::STATUS_OKAY);
4732   }
4733
4734   // R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, R_MIPS_CALL_HI16,
4735   // R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16, R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
4736   static inline typename This::Status
4737   relgot_hi16(unsigned char* view, int gp_offset, unsigned int r_type)
4738   {
4739     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4740     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4741     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4742     Valtype32 x = gp_offset;
4743     x = ((x + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
4744     val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff);
4745     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
4746     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4747     return This::STATUS_OKAY;
4748   }
4749
4750   // R_MIPS_GOT_LO16, R_MIPS_CALL_LO16,
4751   // R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16, R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
4752   static inline typename This::Status
4753   relgot_lo16(unsigned char* view, int gp_offset, unsigned int r_type)
4754   {
4755     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4756     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4757     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4758     Valtype32 x = gp_offset;
4759     val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff);
4760     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
4761     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4762     return This::STATUS_OKAY;
4763   }
4764
4765   // R_MIPS_GPREL16, R_MIPS16_GPREL, R_MIPS_LITERAL, R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
4766   // R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2, R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
4767   static inline typename This::Status
4768   relgprel(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4769            const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Mips_address gp,
4770            Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend, bool local,
4771            unsigned int r_type)
4772   {
4773     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4774     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4775     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4776
4777     Valtype32 addend;
4778     if (extract_addend)
4779       {
4780         if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2)
4781           addend = (val & 0x7f) << 2;
4782         else
4783           addend = val & 0xffff;
4784         // Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
4785         // instruction.  If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
4786         // otherwise we may lose significant bits.
4787         addend = Bits<16>::sign_extend32(addend);
4788       }
4789     else
4790       addend = addend_a;
4791
4792     Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend) - gp;
4793
4794     // If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
4795     // have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
4796     // for that now.  Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
4797     // link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
4798     // to them before.
4799     if (local)
4800       x += object->gp_value();
4801
4802     if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2)
4803       val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0x7f);
4804     else
4805       val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff);
4806     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
4807     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4808     if (Bits<16>::has_overflow32(x))
4809       {
4810         gold_error(_("small-data section exceeds 64KB; lower small-data size "
4811                      "limit (see option -G)"));
4812         return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW;
4813       }
4814     return This::STATUS_OKAY;
4815   }
4816
4817   // R_MIPS_GPREL32
4818   static inline typename This::Status
4819   relgprel32(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4820              const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Mips_address gp,
4821              Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type)
4822   {
4823     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4824     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4825     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4826     Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? val : addend_a;
4827
4828     // R_MIPS_GPREL32 relocations are defined for local symbols only.
4829     Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend) + object->gp_value() - gp;
4830     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, x);
4831     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4832     return This::STATUS_OKAY;
4833  }
4834
4835   // R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16, R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16, R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
4836   // R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16, R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16,
4837   // R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
4838   static inline typename This::Status
4839   tlsrelhi16(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4840              const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Valtype32 tp_offset,
4841              Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type)
4842   {
4843     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4844     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4845     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4846     Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? val & 0xffff : addend_a;
4847
4848     // tls symbol values are relative to tls_segment()->vaddr()
4849     Valtype32 x = ((psymval->value(object, addend) - tp_offset) + 0x8000) >> 16;
4850     val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff);
4851     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
4852     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4853     return This::STATUS_OKAY;
4854   }
4855
4856   // R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16, R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16, R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16,
4857   // R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16, R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16,
4858   // R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16,
4859   static inline typename This::Status
4860   tlsrello16(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4861              const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Valtype32 tp_offset,
4862              Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type)
4863   {
4864     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4865     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4866     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4867     Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? val & 0xffff : addend_a;
4868
4869     // tls symbol values are relative to tls_segment()->vaddr()
4870     Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend) - tp_offset;
4871     val = Bits<32>::bit_select32(val, x, 0xffff);
4872     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, val);
4873     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4874     return This::STATUS_OKAY;
4875   }
4876
4877   // R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32, R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64,
4878   // R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32, R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
4879   static inline typename This::Status
4880   tlsrel32(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4881            const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Valtype32 tp_offset,
4882            Mips_address addend_a, bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type)
4883   {
4884     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4885     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4886     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4887     Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? val : addend_a;
4888
4889     // tls symbol values are relative to tls_segment()->vaddr()
4890     Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, addend) - tp_offset;
4891     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, x);
4892     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4893     return This::STATUS_OKAY;
4894   }
4895
4896   // R_MIPS_SUB, R_MICROMIPS_SUB
4897   static inline typename This::Status
4898   relsub(unsigned char* view, const Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4899          const Symbol_value<size>* psymval, Mips_address addend_a,
4900          bool extract_addend, unsigned int r_type)
4901   {
4902     mips_reloc_unshuffle(view, r_type, false);
4903     Valtype32* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype32*>(view);
4904     Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(wv);
4905     Valtype32 addend = extract_addend ? val : addend_a;
4906
4907     Valtype32 x = psymval->value(object, -addend);
4908     elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(wv, x);
4909     mips_reloc_shuffle(view, r_type, false);
4910     return This::STATUS_OKAY;
4911  }
4912 };
4913
4914 template<int size, bool big_endian>
4915 typename std::list<reloc_high<size, big_endian> >
4916     Mips_relocate_functions<size, big_endian>::hi16_relocs;
4917
4918 template<int size, bool big_endian>
4919 typename std::list<reloc_high<size, big_endian> >
4920     Mips_relocate_functions<size, big_endian>::got16_relocs;
4921
4922 // Mips_got_info methods.
4923
4924 // Reserve GOT entry for a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol
4925 // SYMNDX + ADDEND, where SYMNDX is a local symbol in section SHNDX in OBJECT.
4926
4927 template<int size, bool big_endian>
4928 void
4929 Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>::record_local_got_symbol(
4930     Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object, unsigned int symndx,
4931     Mips_address addend, unsigned int r_type, unsigned int shndx)
4932 {
4933   Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>* entry =
4934     new Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>(object, symndx, addend,
4935                                          mips_elf_reloc_tls_type(r_type),
4936                                          shndx);
4937   this->record_got_entry(entry, object);
4938 }
4939
4940 // Reserve GOT entry for a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against MIPS_SYM,
4941 // in OBJECT.  FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
4942 // using the GOT entry for calls.  DYN_RELOC is true if R_TYPE is a dynamic
4943 // relocation.
4944
4945 template<int size, bool big_endian>
4946 void
4947 Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>::record_global_got_symbol(
4948     Mips_symbol<size>* mips_sym, Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
4949     unsigned int r_type, bool dyn_reloc, bool for_call)
4950 {
4951   if (!for_call)
4952     mips_sym->set_got_not_only_for_calls();
4953
4954   // A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol table.
4955   if (!mips_sym->needs_dynsym_entry())
4956     {
4957       switch (mips_sym->visibility())
4958         {
4959         case elfcpp::STV_INTERNAL:
4960         case elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN:
4961           mips_sym->set_is_forced_local();
4962           break;
4963         default:
4964           mips_sym->set_needs_dynsym_entry();
4965           break;
4966         }
4967     }
4968
4969   unsigned char tls_type = mips_elf_reloc_tls_type(r_type);
4970   if (tls_type == GOT_TLS_NONE)
4971     this->global_got_symbols_.insert(mips_sym);
4972
4973   if (dyn_reloc)
4974     {
4975       if (mips_sym->global_got_area() == GGA_NONE)
4976         mips_sym->set_global_got_area(GGA_RELOC_ONLY);
4977       return;
4978     }
4979
4980   Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>* entry =
4981     new Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>(object, mips_sym, tls_type);
4982
4983   this->record_got_entry(entry, object);
4984 }
4985
4986 // Add ENTRY to master GOT and to OBJECT's GOT.
4987
4988 template<int size, bool big_endian>
4989 void
4990 Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>::record_got_entry(
4991     Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>* entry,
4992     Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object)
4993 {
4994   if (this->got_entries_.find(entry) == this->got_entries_.end())
4995     this->got_entries_.insert(entry);
4996
4997   // Create the GOT entry for the OBJECT's GOT.
4998   Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* g = object->get_or_create_got_info();
4999   Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>* entry2 =
5000     new Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>(*entry);
5001
5002   if (g->got_entries_.find(entry2) == g->got_entries_.end())
5003     g->got_entries_.insert(entry2);
5004 }
5005
5006 // Record that OBJECT has a page relocation against symbol SYMNDX and
5007 // that ADDEND is the addend for that relocation.
5008 // This function creates an upper bound on the number of GOT slots
5009 // required; no attempt is made to combine references to non-overridable
5010 // global symbols across multiple input files.
5011
5012 template<int size, bool big_endian>
5013 void
5014 Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>::record_got_page_entry(
5015     Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object, unsigned int symndx, int addend)
5016 {
5017   struct Got_page_range **range_ptr, *range;
5018   int old_pages, new_pages;
5019
5020   // Find the Got_page_entry for this symbol.
5021   Got_page_entry* entry = new Got_page_entry(object, symndx);
5022   typename Got_page_entry_set::iterator it =
5023     this->got_page_entries_.find(entry);
5024   if (it != this->got_page_entries_.end())
5025     entry = *it;
5026   else
5027     this->got_page_entries_.insert(entry);
5028
5029   // Add the same entry to the OBJECT's GOT.
5030   Got_page_entry* entry2 = NULL;
5031   Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* g2 = object->get_or_create_got_info();
5032   if (g2->got_page_entries_.find(entry) == g2->got_page_entries_.end())
5033     {
5034       entry2 = new Got_page_entry(*entry);
5035       g2->got_page_entries_.insert(entry2);
5036     }
5037
5038   // Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
5039   // with ADDEND.
5040   range_ptr = &entry->ranges;
5041   while (*range_ptr && addend > (*range_ptr)->max_addend + 0xffff)
5042     range_ptr = &(*range_ptr)->next;
5043
5044   // If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
5045   // minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
5046   // a new singleton range.
5047   range = *range_ptr;
5048   if (!range || addend < range->min_addend - 0xffff)
5049     {
5050       range = new Got_page_range();
5051       range->next = *range_ptr;
5052       range->min_addend = addend;
5053       range->max_addend = addend;
5054
5055       *range_ptr = range;
5056       ++entry->num_pages;
5057       if (entry2 != NULL)
5058         ++entry2->num_pages;
5059       ++this->page_gotno_;
5060       ++g2->page_gotno_;
5061       return;
5062     }
5063
5064   // Remember how many pages the old range contributed.
5065   old_pages = range->get_max_pages();
5066
5067   // Update the ranges.
5068   if (addend < range->min_addend)
5069     range->min_addend = addend;
5070   else if (addend > range->max_addend)
5071     {
5072       if (range->next && addend >= range->next->min_addend - 0xffff)
5073         {
5074           old_pages += range->next->get_max_pages();
5075           range->max_addend = range->next->max_addend;
5076           range->next = range->next->next;
5077         }
5078       else
5079         range->max_addend = addend;
5080     }
5081
5082   // Record any change in the total estimate.
5083   new_pages = range->get_max_pages();
5084   if (old_pages != new_pages)
5085     {
5086       entry->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages;
5087       if (entry2 != NULL)
5088         entry2->num_pages += new_pages - old_pages;
5089       this->page_gotno_ += new_pages - old_pages;
5090       g2->page_gotno_ += new_pages - old_pages;
5091     }
5092 }
5093
5094 // Create all entries that should be in the local part of the GOT.
5095
5096 template<int size, bool big_endian>
5097 void
5098 Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>::add_local_entries(
5099     Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target, Layout* layout)
5100 {
5101   Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>* got = target->got_section();
5102   // First two GOT entries are reserved.  The first entry will be filled at
5103   // runtime.  The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
5104   got->add_constant(0);
5105   got->add_constant(target->mips_elf_gnu_got1_mask());
5106
5107   for (typename Got_entry_set::iterator
5108        p = this->got_entries_.begin();
5109        p != this->got_entries_.end();
5110        ++p)
5111     {
5112       Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>* entry = *p;
5113       if (entry->is_for_local_symbol() && !entry->is_tls_entry())
5114         {
5115           got->add_local(entry->object(), entry->symndx(),
5116                          GOT_TYPE_STANDARD);
5117           unsigned int got_offset = entry->object()->local_got_offset(
5118               entry->symndx(), GOT_TYPE_STANDARD);
5119           if (got->multi_got() && this->index_ > 0
5120               && parameters->options().output_is_position_independent())
5121             target->rel_dyn_section(layout)->add_local(entry->object(),
5122                 entry->symndx(), elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32, got, got_offset);
5123         }
5124     }
5125
5126   this->add_page_entries(target, layout);
5127
5128   // Add global entries that should be in the local area.
5129   for (typename Got_entry_set::iterator
5130        p = this->got_entries_.begin();
5131        p != this->got_entries_.end();
5132        ++p)
5133     {
5134       Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>* entry = *p;
5135       if (!entry->is_for_global_symbol())
5136         continue;
5137
5138       Mips_symbol<size>* mips_sym = entry->sym();
5139       if (mips_sym->global_got_area() == GGA_NONE && !entry->is_tls_entry())
5140         {
5141           unsigned int got_type;
5142           if (!got->multi_got())
5143             got_type = GOT_TYPE_STANDARD;
5144           else
5145             got_type = GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT + this->index_;
5146           if (got->add_global(mips_sym, got_type))
5147             {
5148               mips_sym->set_global_gotoffset(mips_sym->got_offset(got_type));
5149               if (got->multi_got() && this->index_ > 0
5150                   && parameters->options().output_is_position_independent())
5151                 target->rel_dyn_section(layout)->add_symbolless_global_addend(
5152                     mips_sym, elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32, got,
5153                     mips_sym->got_offset(got_type));
5154             }
5155         }
5156     }
5157 }
5158
5159 // Create GOT page entries.
5160
5161 template<int size, bool big_endian>
5162 void
5163 Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>::add_page_entries(
5164     Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target, Layout* layout)
5165 {
5166   if (this->page_gotno_ == 0)
5167     return;
5168
5169   Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>* got = target->got_section();
5170   this->got_page_offset_start_ = got->add_constant(0);
5171   if (got->multi_got() && this->index_ > 0
5172       && parameters->options().output_is_position_independent())
5173     target->rel_dyn_section(layout)->add_absolute(elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32, got,
5174                                                   this->got_page_offset_start_);
5175   int num_entries = this->page_gotno_;
5176   unsigned int prev_offset = this->got_page_offset_start_;
5177   while (--num_entries > 0)
5178     {
5179       unsigned int next_offset = got->add_constant(0);
5180       if (got->multi_got() && this->index_ > 0
5181           && parameters->options().output_is_position_independent())
5182         target->rel_dyn_section(layout)->add_absolute(elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32, got,
5183                                                       next_offset);
5184       gold_assert(next_offset == prev_offset + size/8);
5185       prev_offset = next_offset;
5186     }
5187   this->got_page_offset_next_ = this->got_page_offset_start_;
5188 }
5189
5190 // Create global GOT entries, both GGA_NORMAL and GGA_RELOC_ONLY.
5191
5192 template<int size, bool big_endian>
5193 void
5194 Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>::add_global_entries(
5195     Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target, Layout* layout,
5196     unsigned int non_reloc_only_global_gotno)
5197 {
5198   Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>* got = target->got_section();
5199   // Add GGA_NORMAL entries.
5200   unsigned int count = 0;
5201   for (typename Got_entry_set::iterator
5202        p = this->got_entries_.begin();
5203        p != this->got_entries_.end();
5204        ++p)
5205     {
5206       Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>* entry = *p;
5207       if (!entry->is_for_global_symbol())
5208         continue;
5209
5210       Mips_symbol<size>* mips_sym = entry->sym();
5211       if (mips_sym->global_got_area() != GGA_NORMAL)
5212         continue;
5213
5214       unsigned int got_type;
5215       if (!got->multi_got())
5216         got_type = GOT_TYPE_STANDARD;
5217       else
5218         // In multi-GOT links, global symbol can be in both primary and
5219         // secondary GOT(s).  By creating custom GOT type
5220         // (GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT + got_index) we ensure that symbol
5221         // is added to secondary GOT(s).
5222         got_type = GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT + this->index_;
5223       if (!got->add_global(mips_sym, got_type))
5224         continue;
5225
5226       mips_sym->set_global_gotoffset(mips_sym->got_offset(got_type));
5227       if (got->multi_got() && this->index_ == 0)
5228         count++;
5229       if (got->multi_got() && this->index_ > 0)
5230         {
5231           if (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent()
5232               || (!parameters->doing_static_link()
5233                   && mips_sym->is_from_dynobj() && !mips_sym->is_undefined()))
5234             {
5235               target->rel_dyn_section(layout)->add_global(
5236                   mips_sym, elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32, got,
5237                   mips_sym->got_offset(got_type));
5238               got->add_secondary_got_reloc(mips_sym->got_offset(got_type),
5239                                            elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32, mips_sym);
5240             }
5241         }
5242     }
5243
5244   if (!got->multi_got() || this->index_ == 0)
5245     {
5246       if (got->multi_got())
5247         {
5248           // We need to allocate space in the primary GOT for GGA_NORMAL entries
5249           // of secondary GOTs, to ensure that GOT offsets of GGA_RELOC_ONLY
5250           // entries correspond to dynamic symbol indexes.
5251           while (count < non_reloc_only_global_gotno)
5252             {
5253               got->add_constant(0);
5254               ++count;
5255             }
5256         }
5257
5258       // Add GGA_RELOC_ONLY entries.
5259       got->add_reloc_only_entries();
5260     }
5261 }
5262
5263 // Create global GOT entries that should be in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area.
5264
5265 template<int size, bool big_endian>
5266 void
5267 Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>::add_reloc_only_entries(
5268     Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>* got)
5269 {
5270   for (typename Unordered_set<Mips_symbol<size>*>::iterator
5271        p = this->global_got_symbols_.begin();
5272        p != this->global_got_symbols_.end();
5273        ++p)
5274     {
5275       Mips_symbol<size>* mips_sym = *p;
5276       if (mips_sym->global_got_area() == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
5277         {
5278           unsigned int got_type;
5279           if (!got->multi_got())
5280             got_type = GOT_TYPE_STANDARD;
5281           else
5282             got_type = GOT_TYPE_STANDARD_MULTIGOT;
5283           if (got->add_global(mips_sym, got_type))
5284             mips_sym->set_global_gotoffset(mips_sym->got_offset(got_type));
5285         }
5286     }
5287 }
5288
5289 // Create TLS GOT entries.
5290
5291 template<int size, bool big_endian>
5292 void
5293 Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>::add_tls_entries(
5294     Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target, Layout* layout)
5295 {
5296   Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>* got = target->got_section();
5297   // Add local tls entries.
5298   for (typename Got_entry_set::iterator
5299        p = this->got_entries_.begin();
5300        p != this->got_entries_.end();
5301        ++p)
5302     {
5303       Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>* entry = *p;
5304       if (!entry->is_tls_entry() || !entry->is_for_local_symbol())
5305         continue;
5306
5307       if (entry->tls_type() == GOT_TLS_GD)
5308         {
5309           unsigned int got_type = GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR;
5310           unsigned int r_type1 = (size == 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
5311                                              : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64);
5312           unsigned int r_type2 = (size == 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
5313                                              : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64);
5314
5315           if (!parameters->doing_static_link())
5316             {
5317               got->add_local_pair_with_rel(entry->object(), entry->symndx(),
5318                                            entry->shndx(), got_type,
5319                                            target->rel_dyn_section(layout),
5320                                            r_type1);
5321               unsigned int got_offset =
5322                 entry->object()->local_got_offset(entry->symndx(), got_type);
5323               got->add_static_reloc(got_offset + size/8, r_type2,
5324                                     entry->object(), entry->symndx());
5325             }
5326           else
5327             {
5328               // We are doing a static link.  Mark it as belong to module 1,
5329               // the executable.
5330               unsigned int got_offset = got->add_constant(1);
5331               entry->object()->set_local_got_offset(entry->symndx(), got_type,
5332                                                     got_offset);
5333               got->add_constant(0);
5334               got->add_static_reloc(got_offset + size/8, r_type2,
5335                                     entry->object(), entry->symndx());
5336             }
5337         }
5338       else if (entry->tls_type() == GOT_TLS_IE)
5339         {
5340           unsigned int got_type = GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET;
5341           unsigned int r_type = (size == 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
5342                                             : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64);
5343           if (!parameters->doing_static_link())
5344             got->add_local_with_rel(entry->object(), entry->symndx(), got_type,
5345                                     target->rel_dyn_section(layout), r_type);
5346           else
5347             {
5348               got->add_local(entry->object(), entry->symndx(), got_type);
5349               unsigned int got_offset =
5350                   entry->object()->local_got_offset(entry->symndx(), got_type);
5351               got->add_static_reloc(got_offset, r_type, entry->object(),
5352                                     entry->symndx());
5353             }
5354         }
5355       else if (entry->tls_type() == GOT_TLS_LDM)
5356         {
5357           unsigned int r_type = (size == 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
5358                                             : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64);
5359           unsigned int got_offset;
5360           if (!parameters->doing_static_link())
5361             {
5362               got_offset = got->add_constant(0);
5363               target->rel_dyn_section(layout)->add_local(
5364                   entry->object(), 0, r_type, got, got_offset);
5365             }
5366           else
5367             // We are doing a static link.  Just mark it as belong to module 1,
5368             // the executable.
5369             got_offset = got->add_constant(1);
5370
5371           got->add_constant(0);
5372           got->set_tls_ldm_offset(got_offset, entry->object());
5373         }
5374       else
5375         gold_unreachable();
5376     }
5377
5378   // Add global tls entries.
5379   for (typename Got_entry_set::iterator
5380        p = this->got_entries_.begin();
5381        p != this->got_entries_.end();
5382        ++p)
5383     {
5384       Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>* entry = *p;
5385       if (!entry->is_tls_entry() || !entry->is_for_global_symbol())
5386         continue;
5387
5388       Mips_symbol<size>* mips_sym = entry->sym();
5389       if (entry->tls_type() == GOT_TLS_GD)
5390         {
5391           unsigned int got_type;
5392           if (!got->multi_got())
5393             got_type = GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR;
5394           else
5395             got_type = GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR_MULTIGOT + this->index_;
5396           unsigned int r_type1 = (size == 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
5397                                              : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64);
5398           unsigned int r_type2 = (size == 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
5399                                              : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64);
5400           if (!parameters->doing_static_link())
5401             got->add_global_pair_with_rel(mips_sym, got_type,
5402                              target->rel_dyn_section(layout), r_type1, r_type2);
5403           else
5404             {
5405               // Add a GOT pair for for R_MIPS_TLS_GD.  The creates a pair of
5406               // GOT entries.  The first one is initialized to be 1, which is the
5407               // module index for the main executable and the second one 0.  A
5408               // reloc of the type R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32/64 will be created for
5409               // the second GOT entry and will be applied by gold.
5410               unsigned int got_offset = got->add_constant(1);
5411               mips_sym->set_got_offset(got_type, got_offset);
5412               got->add_constant(0);
5413               got->add_static_reloc(got_offset + size/8, r_type2, mips_sym);
5414             }
5415         }
5416       else if (entry->tls_type() == GOT_TLS_IE)
5417         {
5418           unsigned int got_type;
5419           if (!got->multi_got())
5420             got_type = GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET;
5421           else
5422             got_type = GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET_MULTIGOT + this->index_;
5423           unsigned int r_type = (size == 32 ? elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
5424                                             : elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64);
5425           if (!parameters->doing_static_link())
5426             got->add_global_with_rel(mips_sym, got_type,
5427                                      target->rel_dyn_section(layout), r_type);
5428           else
5429             {
5430               got->add_global(mips_sym, got_type);
5431               unsigned int got_offset = mips_sym->got_offset(got_type);
5432               got->add_static_reloc(got_offset, r_type, mips_sym);
5433             }
5434         }
5435       else
5436         gold_unreachable();
5437     }
5438 }
5439
5440 // Decide whether the symbol needs an entry in the global part of the primary
5441 // GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.  Count the number of global
5442 // symbols that are in the primary GOT only because they have dynamic
5443 // relocations R_MIPS_REL32 against them (reloc_only_gotno).
5444
5445 template<int size, bool big_endian>
5446 void
5447 Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>::count_got_symbols(Symbol_table* symtab)
5448 {
5449   for (typename Unordered_set<Mips_symbol<size>*>::iterator
5450        p = this->global_got_symbols_.begin();
5451        p != this->global_got_symbols_.end();
5452        ++p)
5453     {
5454       Mips_symbol<size>* sym = *p;
5455       // Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
5456       // local or global GOT.  Symbols that bind locally can (and in the
5457       // case of forced-local symbols, must) live in the local GOT.
5458       // Those that are aren't in the dynamic symbol table must also
5459       // live in the local GOT.
5460
5461       if (!sym->should_add_dynsym_entry(symtab)
5462           || (sym->got_only_for_calls()
5463               ? symbol_calls_local(sym, sym->should_add_dynsym_entry(symtab))
5464               : symbol_references_local(sym,
5465                                         sym->should_add_dynsym_entry(symtab))))
5466         // The symbol belongs in the local GOT.  We no longer need this
5467         // entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
5468         // will be against the null or section symbol instead.
5469         sym->set_global_got_area(GGA_NONE);
5470       else if (sym->global_got_area() == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
5471         {
5472           ++this->reloc_only_gotno_;
5473           ++this->global_gotno_ ;
5474         }
5475     }
5476 }
5477
5478 // Return the offset of GOT page entry for VALUE.  Initialize the entry with
5479 // VALUE if it is not initialized.
5480
5481 template<int size, bool big_endian>
5482 unsigned int
5483 Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>::get_got_page_offset(Mips_address value,
5484     Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>* got)
5485 {
5486   typename Got_page_offsets::iterator it = this->got_page_offsets_.find(value);
5487   if (it != this->got_page_offsets_.end())
5488     return it->second;
5489
5490   gold_assert(this->got_page_offset_next_ < this->got_page_offset_start_
5491               + (size/8) * this->page_gotno_);
5492
5493   unsigned int got_offset = this->got_page_offset_next_;
5494   this->got_page_offsets_[value] = got_offset;
5495   this->got_page_offset_next_ += size/8;
5496   got->update_got_entry(got_offset, value);
5497   return got_offset;
5498 }
5499
5500 // Remove lazy-binding stubs for global symbols in this GOT.
5501
5502 template<int size, bool big_endian>
5503 void
5504 Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>::remove_lazy_stubs(
5505     Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target)
5506 {
5507   for (typename Got_entry_set::iterator
5508        p = this->got_entries_.begin();
5509        p != this->got_entries_.end();
5510        ++p)
5511     {
5512       Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>* entry = *p;
5513       if (entry->is_for_global_symbol())
5514         target->remove_lazy_stub_entry(entry->sym());
5515     }
5516 }
5517
5518 // Count the number of GOT entries required.
5519
5520 template<int size, bool big_endian>
5521 void
5522 Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>::count_got_entries()
5523 {
5524   for (typename Got_entry_set::iterator
5525        p = this->got_entries_.begin();
5526        p != this->got_entries_.end();
5527        ++p)
5528     {
5529       this->count_got_entry(*p);
5530     }
5531 }
5532
5533 // Count the number of GOT entries required by ENTRY.  Accumulate the result.
5534
5535 template<int size, bool big_endian>
5536 void
5537 Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>::count_got_entry(
5538     Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>* entry)
5539 {
5540   if (entry->is_tls_entry())
5541     this->tls_gotno_ += mips_tls_got_entries(entry->tls_type());
5542   else if (entry->is_for_local_symbol()
5543            || entry->sym()->global_got_area() == GGA_NONE)
5544     ++this->local_gotno_;
5545   else
5546     ++this->global_gotno_;
5547 }
5548
5549 // Add FROM's GOT entries.
5550
5551 template<int size, bool big_endian>
5552 void
5553 Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>::add_got_entries(
5554     Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* from)
5555 {
5556   for (typename Got_entry_set::iterator
5557        p = from->got_entries_.begin();
5558        p != from->got_entries_.end();
5559        ++p)
5560     {
5561       Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>* entry = *p;
5562       if (this->got_entries_.find(entry) == this->got_entries_.end())
5563         {
5564           Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>* entry2 =
5565             new Mips_got_entry<size, big_endian>(*entry);
5566           this->got_entries_.insert(entry2);
5567           this->count_got_entry(entry);
5568         }
5569     }
5570 }
5571
5572 // Add FROM's GOT page entries.
5573
5574 template<int size, bool big_endian>
5575 void
5576 Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>::add_got_page_entries(
5577     Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* from)
5578 {
5579   for (typename Got_page_entry_set::iterator
5580        p = from->got_page_entries_.begin();
5581        p != from->got_page_entries_.end();
5582        ++p)
5583     {
5584       Got_page_entry* entry = *p;
5585       if (this->got_page_entries_.find(entry) == this->got_page_entries_.end())
5586         {
5587           Got_page_entry* entry2 = new Got_page_entry(*entry);
5588           this->got_page_entries_.insert(entry2);
5589           this->page_gotno_ += entry->num_pages;
5590         }
5591     }
5592 }
5593
5594 // Mips_output_data_got methods.
5595
5596 // Lay out the GOT.  Add local, global and TLS entries.  If GOT is
5597 // larger than 64K, create multi-GOT.
5598
5599 template<int size, bool big_endian>
5600 void
5601 Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>::lay_out_got(Layout* layout,
5602     Symbol_table* symtab, const Input_objects* input_objects)
5603 {
5604   // Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
5605   // count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols.
5606   this->master_got_info_->count_got_symbols(symtab);
5607
5608   // Count the number of GOT entries.
5609   this->master_got_info_->count_got_entries();
5610
5611   unsigned int got_size = this->master_got_info_->got_size();
5612   if (got_size > Target_mips<size, big_endian>::MIPS_GOT_MAX_SIZE)
5613     this->lay_out_multi_got(layout, input_objects);
5614   else
5615     {
5616       // Record that all objects use single GOT.
5617       for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p = input_objects->relobj_begin();
5618            p != input_objects->relobj_end();
5619            ++p)
5620         {
5621           Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object =
5622             Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>::as_mips_relobj(*p);
5623           if (object->get_got_info() != NULL)
5624             object->set_got_info(this->master_got_info_);
5625         }
5626
5627       this->master_got_info_->add_local_entries(this->target_, layout);
5628       this->master_got_info_->add_global_entries(this->target_, layout,
5629                                                  /*not used*/-1U);
5630       this->master_got_info_->add_tls_entries(this->target_, layout);
5631     }
5632 }
5633
5634 // Create multi-GOT.  For every GOT, add local, global and TLS entries.
5635
5636 template<int size, bool big_endian>
5637 void
5638 Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>::lay_out_multi_got(Layout* layout,
5639     const Input_objects* input_objects)
5640 {
5641   // Try to merge the GOTs of input objects together, as long as they
5642   // don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
5643   // to be the primary GOT.
5644   this->merge_gots(input_objects);
5645
5646   // Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
5647   // present in the primary GOT.
5648   this->primary_got_->set_global_gotno(this->master_got_info_->global_gotno());
5649
5650   // Add GOT entries.
5651   unsigned int i = 0;
5652   unsigned int offset = 0;
5653   Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* g = this->primary_got_;
5654   do
5655     {
5656       g->set_index(i);
5657       g->set_offset(offset);
5658
5659       g->add_local_entries(this->target_, layout);
5660       if (i == 0)
5661         g->add_global_entries(this->target_, layout,
5662                               (this->master_got_info_->global_gotno()
5663                                - this->master_got_info_->reloc_only_gotno()));
5664       else
5665         g->add_global_entries(this->target_, layout, /*not used*/-1U);
5666       g->add_tls_entries(this->target_, layout);
5667
5668       // Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
5669       // lazy-binding stubs.
5670       if (i > 0)
5671         g->remove_lazy_stubs(this->target_);
5672
5673       ++i;
5674       offset += g->got_size();
5675       g = g->next();
5676     }
5677   while (g);
5678 }
5679
5680 // Attempt to merge GOTs of different input objects.  Try to use as much as
5681 // possible of the primary GOT, since it doesn't require explicit dynamic
5682 // relocations, but don't use objects that would reference global symbols
5683 // out of the addressable range.  Failing the primary GOT, attempt to merge
5684 // with the current GOT, or finish the current GOT and then make make the new
5685 // GOT current.
5686
5687 template<int size, bool big_endian>
5688 void
5689 Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>::merge_gots(
5690     const Input_objects* input_objects)
5691 {
5692   gold_assert(this->primary_got_ == NULL);
5693   Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* current = NULL;
5694
5695   for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p = input_objects->relobj_begin();
5696        p != input_objects->relobj_end();
5697        ++p)
5698     {
5699       Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object =
5700         Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>::as_mips_relobj(*p);
5701
5702       Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* g = object->get_got_info();
5703       if (g == NULL)
5704         continue;
5705
5706       g->count_got_entries();
5707
5708       // Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries.
5709       unsigned int estimate = this->master_got_info_->page_gotno();
5710       if (estimate > g->page_gotno())
5711         estimate = g->page_gotno();
5712       estimate += g->local_gotno() + g->tls_gotno();
5713
5714       // We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals.  The globals
5715       // for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
5716       // sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
5717       // case.  This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs.
5718       estimate += (g->tls_gotno() > 0 ? this->master_got_info_->global_gotno()
5719                                       : g->global_gotno());
5720
5721       unsigned int max_count =
5722         Target_mips<size, big_endian>::MIPS_GOT_MAX_SIZE / (size/8) - 2;
5723       if (estimate <= max_count)
5724         {
5725           // If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
5726           // a starting point for the primary GOT.
5727           if (!this->primary_got_)
5728             {
5729               this->primary_got_ = g;
5730               continue;
5731             }
5732
5733           // Try merging with the primary GOT.
5734           if (this->merge_got_with(g, object, this->primary_got_))
5735             continue;
5736         }
5737
5738       // If we can merge with the last-created GOT, do it.
5739       if (current && this->merge_got_with(g, object, current))
5740         continue;
5741
5742       // Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT.  Don't check if it
5743       // fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
5744       // overflows anyway.
5745       g->set_next(current);
5746       current = g;
5747     }
5748
5749   // If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one.
5750   if (this->primary_got_ == NULL)
5751     this->primary_got_ = new Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>();
5752
5753   // Link primary GOT with secondary GOTs.
5754   this->primary_got_->set_next(current);
5755 }
5756
5757 // Consider merging FROM, which is OBJECT's GOT, into TO.  Return false if
5758 // this would lead to overflow, true if they were merged successfully.
5759
5760 template<int size, bool big_endian>
5761 bool
5762 Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>::merge_got_with(
5763     Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* from,
5764     Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object,
5765     Mips_got_info<size, big_endian>* to)
5766 {
5767   // Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT.
5768   unsigned int estimate = this->master_got_info_->page_gotno();
5769   if (estimate >= from->page_gotno() + to->page_gotno())
5770     estimate = from->page_gotno() + to->page_gotno();
5771
5772   // Conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries would be needed.
5773   estimate += from->local_gotno() + to->local_gotno();
5774   estimate += from->tls_gotno() + to->tls_gotno();
5775
5776   // If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
5777   // come after the full set of global entries.  Otherwise estimate those
5778   // conservatively as well.
5779   if (to == this->primary_got_ && (from->tls_gotno() + to->tls_gotno()) > 0)
5780     estimate += this->master_got_info_->global_gotno();
5781   else
5782     estimate += from->global_gotno() + to->global_gotno();
5783
5784   // Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big.
5785   unsigned int max_count =
5786     Target_mips<size, big_endian>::MIPS_GOT_MAX_SIZE / (size/8) - 2;
5787   if (estimate > max_count)
5788     return false;
5789
5790   // Transfer the object's GOT information from FROM to TO.
5791   to->add_got_entries(from);
5792   to->add_got_page_entries(from);
5793
5794   // Record that OBJECT should use output GOT TO.
5795   object->set_got_info(to);
5796
5797   return true;
5798 }
5799
5800 // Write out the GOT.
5801
5802 template<int size, bool big_endian>
5803 void
5804 Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>::do_write(Output_file* of)
5805 {
5806   // Call parent to write out GOT.
5807   Output_data_got<size, big_endian>::do_write(of);
5808
5809   const off_t offset = this->offset();
5810   const section_size_type oview_size =
5811     convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
5812   unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
5813
5814   // Needed for fixing values of .got section.
5815   this->got_view_ = oview;
5816
5817   // Write lazy stub addresses.
5818   for (typename Unordered_set<Mips_symbol<size>*>::iterator
5819        p = this->master_got_info_->global_got_symbols().begin();
5820        p != this->master_got_info_->global_got_symbols().end();
5821        ++p)
5822     {
5823       Mips_symbol<size>* mips_sym = *p;
5824       if (mips_sym->has_lazy_stub())
5825         {
5826           Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(
5827             oview + this->get_primary_got_offset(mips_sym));
5828           Valtype value =
5829             this->target_->mips_stubs_section()->stub_address(mips_sym);
5830           elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::writeval(wv, value);
5831         }
5832     }
5833
5834   // Add +1 to GGA_NONE nonzero MIPS16 and microMIPS entries.
5835   for (typename Unordered_set<Mips_symbol<size>*>::iterator
5836        p = this->master_got_info_->global_got_symbols().begin();
5837        p != this->master_got_info_->global_got_symbols().end();
5838        ++p)
5839     {
5840       Mips_symbol<size>* mips_sym = *p;
5841       if (!this->multi_got()
5842           && (mips_sym->is_mips16() || mips_sym->is_micromips())
5843           && mips_sym->global_got_area() == GGA_NONE
5844           && mips_sym->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD))
5845         {
5846           Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(
5847             oview + mips_sym->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD));
5848           Valtype value = elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::readval(wv);
5849           if (value != 0)
5850             {
5851               value |= 1;
5852               elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::writeval(wv, value);
5853             }
5854         }
5855     }
5856
5857   if (!this->secondary_got_relocs_.empty())
5858     {
5859       // Fixup for the secondary GOT R_MIPS_REL32 relocs.  For global
5860       // secondary GOT entries with non-zero initial value copy the value
5861       // to the corresponding primary GOT entry, and set the secondary GOT
5862       // entry to zero.
5863       // TODO(sasa): This is workaround.  It needs to be investigated further.
5864
5865       for (size_t i = 0; i < this->secondary_got_relocs_.size(); ++i)
5866         {
5867           Static_reloc& reloc(this->secondary_got_relocs_[i]);
5868           if (reloc.symbol_is_global())
5869             {
5870               Mips_symbol<size>* gsym = reloc.symbol();
5871               gold_assert(gsym != NULL);
5872
5873               unsigned got_offset = reloc.got_offset();
5874               gold_assert(got_offset < oview_size);
5875
5876               // Find primary GOT entry.
5877               Valtype* wv_prim = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(
5878                 oview + this->get_primary_got_offset(gsym));
5879
5880               // Find secondary GOT entry.
5881               Valtype* wv_sec = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(oview + got_offset);
5882
5883               Valtype value = elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::readval(wv_sec);
5884               if (value != 0)
5885                 {
5886                   elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::writeval(wv_prim, value);
5887                   elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::writeval(wv_sec, 0);
5888                   gsym->set_applied_secondary_got_fixup();
5889                 }
5890             }
5891         }
5892
5893       of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview);
5894     }
5895
5896   // We are done if there is no fix up.
5897   if (this->static_relocs_.empty())
5898     return;
5899
5900   Output_segment* tls_segment = this->layout_->tls_segment();
5901   gold_assert(tls_segment != NULL);
5902
5903   for (size_t i = 0; i < this->static_relocs_.size(); ++i)
5904     {
5905       Static_reloc& reloc(this->static_relocs_[i]);
5906
5907       Mips_address value;
5908       if (!reloc.symbol_is_global())
5909         {
5910           Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object = reloc.relobj();
5911           const Symbol_value<size>* psymval =
5912             object->local_symbol(reloc.index());
5913
5914           // We are doing static linking.  Issue an error and skip this
5915           // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section.
5916           bool is_ordinary;
5917           unsigned int shndx = psymval->input_shndx(&is_ordinary);
5918           if ((shndx == elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF)
5919               || (is_ordinary
5920                   && shndx != elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
5921                   && !object->is_section_included(shndx)
5922                   && !this->symbol_table_->is_section_folded(object, shndx)))
5923             {
5924               gold_error(_("undefined or discarded local symbol %u from "
5925                            " object %s in GOT"),
5926                          reloc.index(), reloc.relobj()->name().c_str());
5927               continue;
5928             }
5929
5930           value = psymval->value(object, 0);
5931         }
5932       else
5933         {
5934           const Mips_symbol<size>* gsym = reloc.symbol();
5935           gold_assert(gsym != NULL);
5936
5937           // We are doing static linking.  Issue an error and skip this
5938           // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section
5939           // unless it is a weakly_undefined symbol.
5940           if ((gsym->is_defined_in_discarded_section() || gsym->is_undefined())
5941               && !gsym->is_weak_undefined())
5942             {
5943               gold_error(_("undefined or discarded symbol %s in GOT"),
5944                          gsym->name());
5945               continue;
5946             }
5947
5948           if (!gsym->is_weak_undefined())
5949             value = gsym->value();
5950           else
5951             value = 0;
5952         }
5953
5954       unsigned got_offset = reloc.got_offset();
5955       gold_assert(got_offset < oview_size);
5956
5957       Valtype* wv = reinterpret_cast<Valtype*>(oview + got_offset);
5958       Valtype x;
5959
5960       switch (reloc.r_type())
5961         {
5962         case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32:
5963         case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64:
5964           x = value;
5965           break;
5966         case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
5967         case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
5968           x = value - elfcpp::DTP_OFFSET;
5969           break;
5970         case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32:
5971         case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64:
5972           x = value - elfcpp::TP_OFFSET;
5973           break;
5974         default:
5975           gold_unreachable();
5976           break;
5977         }
5978
5979       elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::writeval(wv, x);
5980     }
5981
5982   of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview);
5983 }
5984
5985 // Mips_relobj methods.
5986
5987 // Count the local symbols.  The Mips backend needs to know if a symbol
5988 // is a MIPS16 or microMIPS function or not.  For global symbols, it is easy
5989 // because the Symbol object keeps the ELF symbol type and st_other field.
5990 // For local symbol it is harder because we cannot access this information.
5991 // So we override the do_count_local_symbol in parent and scan local symbols to
5992 // mark MIPS16 and microMIPS functions.  This is not the most efficient way but
5993 // I do not want to slow down other ports by calling a per symbol target hook
5994 // inside Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols.
5995
5996 template<int size, bool big_endian>
5997 void
5998 Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols(
5999     Stringpool_template<char>* pool,
6000     Stringpool_template<char>* dynpool)
6001 {
6002   // Ask parent to count the local symbols.
6003   Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols(pool, dynpool);
6004   const unsigned int loccount = this->local_symbol_count();
6005   if (loccount == 0)
6006     return;
6007
6008   // Initialize the mips16 and micromips function bit-vector.
6009   this->local_symbol_is_mips16_.resize(loccount, false);
6010   this->local_symbol_is_micromips_.resize(loccount, false);
6011
6012   // Read the symbol table section header.
6013   const unsigned int symtab_shndx = this->symtab_shndx();
6014   elfcpp::Shdr<size, big_endian>
6015     symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx));
6016   gold_assert(symtabshdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB);
6017
6018   // Read the local symbols.
6019   const int sym_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<size>::sym_size;
6020   gold_assert(loccount == symtabshdr.get_sh_info());
6021   off_t locsize = loccount * sym_size;
6022   const unsigned char* psyms = this->get_view(symtabshdr.get_sh_offset(),
6023                                               locsize, true, true);
6024
6025   // Loop over the local symbols and mark any MIPS16 or microMIPS local symbols.
6026
6027   // Skip the first dummy symbol.
6028   psyms += sym_size;
6029   for (unsigned int i = 1; i < loccount; ++i, psyms += sym_size)
6030     {
6031       elfcpp::Sym<size, big_endian> sym(psyms);
6032       unsigned char st_other = sym.get_st_other();
6033       this->local_symbol_is_mips16_[i] = elfcpp::elf_st_is_mips16(st_other);
6034       this->local_symbol_is_micromips_[i] =
6035         elfcpp::elf_st_is_micromips(st_other);
6036     }
6037 }
6038
6039 // Read the symbol information.
6040
6041 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6042 void
6043 Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data* sd)
6044 {
6045   // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6046   this->base_read_symbols(sd);
6047
6048   // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6049   const unsigned char* pehdr = this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset,
6050                                             elfcpp::Elf_sizes<size>::ehdr_size,
6051                                             true, false);
6052   elfcpp::Ehdr<size, big_endian> ehdr(pehdr);
6053   this->processor_specific_flags_ = ehdr.get_e_flags();
6054
6055   // Get the section names.
6056   const unsigned char* pnamesu = sd->section_names->data();
6057   const char* pnames = reinterpret_cast<const char*>(pnamesu);
6058
6059   // Initialize the mips16 stub section bit-vectors.
6060   this->section_is_mips16_fn_stub_.resize(this->shnum(), false);
6061   this->section_is_mips16_call_stub_.resize(this->shnum(), false);
6062   this->section_is_mips16_call_fp_stub_.resize(this->shnum(), false);
6063
6064   const size_t shdr_size = elfcpp::Elf_sizes<size>::shdr_size;
6065   const unsigned char* pshdrs = sd->section_headers->data();
6066   const unsigned char* ps = pshdrs + shdr_size;
6067   for (unsigned int i = 1; i < this->shnum(); ++i, ps += shdr_size)
6068     {
6069       elfcpp::Shdr<size, big_endian> shdr(ps);
6070
6071       if (shdr.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
6072         {
6073           // Read the gp value that was used to create this object.  We need the
6074           // gp value while processing relocs.  The .reginfo section is not used
6075           // in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI.
6076           section_offset_type section_offset = shdr.get_sh_offset();
6077           section_size_type section_size =
6078             convert_to_section_size_type(shdr.get_sh_size());
6079           const unsigned char* view =
6080              this->get_view(section_offset, section_size, true, false);
6081
6082           this->gp_ = elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::readval(view + 20);
6083
6084           // Read the rest of .reginfo.
6085           this->gprmask_ = elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::readval(view);
6086           this->cprmask1_ = elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::readval(view + 4);
6087           this->cprmask2_ = elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::readval(view + 8);
6088           this->cprmask3_ = elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::readval(view + 12);
6089           this->cprmask4_ = elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::readval(view + 16);
6090         }
6091
6092       const char* name = pnames + shdr.get_sh_name();
6093       this->section_is_mips16_fn_stub_[i] = is_prefix_of(".mips16.fn", name);
6094       this->section_is_mips16_call_stub_[i] =
6095         is_prefix_of(".mips16.call.", name);
6096       this->section_is_mips16_call_fp_stub_[i] =
6097         is_prefix_of(".mips16.call.fp.", name);
6098
6099       if (strcmp(name, ".pdr") == 0)
6100         {
6101           gold_assert(this->pdr_shndx_ == -1U);
6102           this->pdr_shndx_ = i;
6103         }
6104     }
6105 }
6106
6107 // Discard MIPS16 stub secions that are not needed.
6108
6109 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6110 void
6111 Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>::discard_mips16_stub_sections(Symbol_table* symtab)
6112 {
6113   for (typename Mips16_stubs_int_map::const_iterator
6114        it = this->mips16_stub_sections_.begin();
6115        it != this->mips16_stub_sections_.end(); ++it)
6116     {
6117       Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>* stub_section = it->second;
6118       if (!stub_section->is_target_found())
6119         {
6120           gold_error(_("no relocation found in mips16 stub section '%s'"),
6121                      stub_section->object()
6122                        ->section_name(stub_section->shndx()).c_str());
6123         }
6124
6125       bool discard = false;
6126       if (stub_section->is_for_local_function())
6127         {
6128           if (stub_section->is_fn_stub())
6129             {
6130               // This stub is for a local symbol.  This stub will only
6131               // be needed if there is some relocation in this object,
6132               // other than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this
6133               // symbol.
6134               if (!this->has_local_non_16bit_call_relocs(stub_section->r_sym()))
6135                 discard = true;
6136               else
6137                 this->add_local_mips16_fn_stub(stub_section);
6138             }
6139           else
6140             {
6141               // This stub is for a local symbol.  This stub will only
6142               // be needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in
6143               // this object that refers to this symbol.
6144               gold_assert(stub_section->is_call_stub()
6145                           || stub_section->is_call_fp_stub());
6146               if (!this->has_local_16bit_call_relocs(stub_section->r_sym()))
6147                 discard = true;
6148               else
6149                 this->add_local_mips16_call_stub(stub_section);
6150             }
6151         }
6152       else
6153         {
6154           Mips_symbol<size>* gsym = stub_section->gsym();
6155           if (stub_section->is_fn_stub())
6156             {
6157               if (gsym->has_mips16_fn_stub())
6158                 // We already have a stub for this function.
6159                 discard = true;
6160               else
6161                 {
6162                   gsym->set_mips16_fn_stub(stub_section);
6163                   if (gsym->should_add_dynsym_entry(symtab))
6164                     {
6165                       // If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the
6166                       // dynamic symbol must refer to the stub, since only
6167                       // the stub uses the standard calling conventions.
6168                       gsym->set_need_fn_stub();
6169                       if (gsym->is_from_dynobj())
6170                         gsym->set_needs_dynsym_value();
6171                     }
6172                 }
6173               if (!gsym->need_fn_stub())
6174                 discard = true;
6175             }
6176           else if (stub_section->is_call_stub())
6177             {
6178               if (gsym->is_mips16())
6179                 // We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit
6180                 // function, so calls from other 16 bit functions are
6181                 // OK.
6182                 discard = true;
6183               else if (gsym->has_mips16_call_stub())
6184                 // We already have a stub for this function.
6185                 discard = true;
6186               else
6187                 gsym->set_mips16_call_stub(stub_section);
6188             }
6189           else
6190             {
6191               gold_assert(stub_section->is_call_fp_stub());
6192               if (gsym->is_mips16())
6193                 // We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit
6194                 // function, so calls from other 16 bit functions are
6195                 // OK.
6196                 discard = true;
6197               else if (gsym->has_mips16_call_fp_stub())
6198                 // We already have a stub for this function.
6199                 discard = true;
6200               else
6201                 gsym->set_mips16_call_fp_stub(stub_section);
6202             }
6203         }
6204       if (discard)
6205         this->set_output_section(stub_section->shndx(), NULL);
6206    }
6207 }
6208
6209 // Mips_output_data_la25_stub methods.
6210
6211 // Template for standard LA25 stub.
6212 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6213 const uint32_t
6214 Mips_output_data_la25_stub<size, big_endian>::la25_stub_entry[] =
6215 {
6216   0x3c190000,           // lui $25,%hi(func)
6217   0x08000000,           // j func
6218   0x27390000,           // add $25,$25,%lo(func)
6219   0x00000000            // nop
6220 };
6221
6222 // Template for microMIPS LA25 stub.
6223 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6224 const uint32_t
6225 Mips_output_data_la25_stub<size, big_endian>::la25_stub_micromips_entry[] =
6226 {
6227   0x41b9, 0x0000,       // lui t9,%hi(func)
6228   0xd400, 0x0000,       // j func
6229   0x3339, 0x0000,       // addiu t9,t9,%lo(func)
6230   0x0000, 0x0000        // nop
6231 };
6232
6233 // Create la25 stub for a symbol.
6234
6235 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6236 void
6237 Mips_output_data_la25_stub<size, big_endian>::create_la25_stub(
6238     Symbol_table* symtab, Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target,
6239     Mips_symbol<size>* gsym)
6240 {
6241   if (!gsym->has_la25_stub())
6242     {
6243       gsym->set_la25_stub_offset(this->symbols_.size() * 16);
6244       this->symbols_.insert(gsym);
6245       this->create_stub_symbol(gsym, symtab, target, 16);
6246     }
6247 }
6248
6249 // Create a symbol for SYM stub's value and size, to help make the disassembly
6250 // easier to read.
6251
6252 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6253 void
6254 Mips_output_data_la25_stub<size, big_endian>::create_stub_symbol(
6255     Mips_symbol<size>* sym, Symbol_table* symtab,
6256     Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target, uint64_t symsize)
6257 {
6258   std::string name(".pic.");
6259   name += sym->name();
6260
6261   unsigned int offset = sym->la25_stub_offset();
6262   if (sym->is_micromips())
6263     offset |= 1;
6264
6265   // Make it a local function.
6266   Symbol* new_sym = symtab->define_in_output_data(name.c_str(), NULL,
6267                                       Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
6268                                       target->la25_stub_section(),
6269                                       offset, symsize, elfcpp::STT_FUNC,
6270                                       elfcpp::STB_LOCAL,
6271                                       elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT, 0,
6272                                       false, false);
6273   new_sym->set_is_forced_local();
6274 }
6275
6276 // Write out la25 stubs.  This uses the hand-coded instructions above,
6277 // and adjusts them as needed.
6278
6279 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6280 void
6281 Mips_output_data_la25_stub<size, big_endian>::do_write(Output_file* of)
6282 {
6283   const off_t offset = this->offset();
6284   const section_size_type oview_size =
6285     convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
6286   unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
6287
6288   for (typename Unordered_set<Mips_symbol<size>*>::iterator
6289        p = this->symbols_.begin();
6290        p != this->symbols_.end();
6291        ++p)
6292     {
6293       Mips_symbol<size>* sym = *p;
6294       unsigned char* pov = oview + sym->la25_stub_offset();
6295
6296       Mips_address target = sym->value();
6297       if (!sym->is_micromips())
6298         {
6299           elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov,
6300               la25_stub_entry[0] | (((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff));
6301           elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4,
6302               la25_stub_entry[1] | ((target >> 2) & 0x3ffffff));
6303           elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 8,
6304               la25_stub_entry[2] | (target & 0xffff));
6305           elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 12, la25_stub_entry[3]);
6306         }
6307       else
6308         {
6309           target |= 1;
6310           // First stub instruction.  Paste high 16-bits of the target.
6311           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov,
6312                                                  la25_stub_micromips_entry[0]);
6313           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2,
6314               ((target + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff);
6315           // Second stub instruction.  Paste low 26-bits of the target, shifted
6316           // right by 1.
6317           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4,
6318               la25_stub_micromips_entry[2] | ((target >> 17) & 0x3ff));
6319           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 6,
6320               la25_stub_micromips_entry[3] | ((target >> 1) & 0xffff));
6321           // Third stub instruction.  Paste low 16-bits of the target.
6322           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 8,
6323                                                  la25_stub_micromips_entry[4]);
6324           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 10, target & 0xffff);
6325           // Fourth stub instruction.
6326           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 12,
6327                                                  la25_stub_micromips_entry[6]);
6328           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 14,
6329                                                  la25_stub_micromips_entry[7]);
6330         }
6331     }
6332
6333   of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview);
6334 }
6335
6336 // Mips_output_data_plt methods.
6337
6338 // The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
6339 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6340 const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt<size, big_endian>::plt0_entry_o32[] =
6341 {
6342   0x3c1c0000,         // lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0])
6343   0x8f990000,         // lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28)
6344   0x279c0000,         // addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])
6345   0x031cc023,         // subu $24, $24, $28
6346   0x03e07825,         // or $15, $31, zero
6347   0x0018c082,         // srl $24, $24, 2
6348   0x0320f809,         // jalr $25
6349   0x2718fffe          // subu $24, $24, 2
6350 };
6351
6352 // The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable.  Different
6353 // because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead.
6354 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6355 const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt<size, big_endian>::plt0_entry_n32[] =
6356 {
6357   0x3c0e0000,         // lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0])
6358   0x8dd90000,         // lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14)
6359   0x25ce0000,         // addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])
6360   0x030ec023,         // subu $24, $24, $14
6361   0x03e07825,         // or $15, $31, zero
6362   0x0018c082,         // srl $24, $24, 2
6363   0x0320f809,         // jalr $25
6364   0x2718fffe          // subu $24, $24, 2
6365 };
6366
6367 // The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable.  Different
6368 // from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries.
6369 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6370 const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt<size, big_endian>::plt0_entry_n64[] =
6371 {
6372   0x3c0e0000,         // lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0])
6373   0xddd90000,         // ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14)
6374   0x25ce0000,         // addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])
6375   0x030ec023,         // subu $24, $24, $14
6376   0x03e07825,         // or $15, $31, zero
6377   0x0018c0c2,         // srl $24, $24, 3
6378   0x0320f809,         // jalr $25
6379   0x2718fffe          // subu $24, $24, 2
6380 };
6381
6382 // The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
6383 // We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
6384 // of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
6385 // all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
6386 //
6387 // The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only.
6388 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6389 const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt<size, big_endian>::
6390 plt0_entry_micromips_o32[] =
6391 {
6392   0x7980, 0x0000,      // addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - .
6393   0xff23, 0x0000,      // lw $25, 0($3)
6394   0x0535,              // subu $2, $2, $3
6395   0x2525,              // srl $2, $2, 2
6396   0x3302, 0xfffe,      // subu $24, $2, 2
6397   0x0dff,              // move $15, $31
6398   0x45f9,              // jalrs $25
6399   0x0f83,              // move $28, $3
6400   0x0c00               // nop
6401 };
6402
6403 // The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
6404 // in the insn32 mode.
6405 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6406 const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt<size, big_endian>::
6407 plt0_entry_micromips32_o32[] =
6408 {
6409   0x41bc, 0x0000,      // lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0])
6410   0xff3c, 0x0000,      // lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28)
6411   0x339c, 0x0000,      // addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])
6412   0x0398, 0xc1d0,      // subu $24, $24, $28
6413   0x001f, 0x7a90,      // or $15, $31, zero
6414   0x0318, 0x1040,      // srl $24, $24, 2
6415   0x03f9, 0x0f3c,      // jalr $25
6416   0x3318, 0xfffe       // subu $24, $24, 2
6417 };
6418
6419 // The format of subsequent standard entries in the PLT.
6420 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6421 const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt<size, big_endian>::plt_entry[] =
6422 {
6423   0x3c0f0000,           // lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry)
6424   0x8df90000,           // l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15)
6425   0x03200008,           // jr $25
6426   0x25f80000            // addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry)
6427 };
6428
6429 // The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries.  We use v1 ($3) as a
6430 // temporary because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not directly addressable.
6431 // Note that this differs from the GNU ld which uses both v0 ($2) and v1 ($3).
6432 // We cannot use v0 because MIPS16 call stubs from the CS toolchain expect
6433 // target function address in register v0.
6434 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6435 const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt<size, big_endian>::plt_entry_mips16_o32[] =
6436 {
6437   0xb303,              // lw $3, 12($pc)
6438   0x651b,              // move $24, $3
6439   0x9b60,              // lw $3, 0($3)
6440   0xeb00,              // jr $3
6441   0x653b,              // move $25, $3
6442   0x6500,              // nop
6443   0x0000, 0x0000       // .word (.got.plt entry)
6444 };
6445
6446 // The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries.  We use v0 ($2)
6447 // as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC.
6448 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6449 const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt<size, big_endian>::
6450 plt_entry_micromips_o32[] =
6451 {
6452   0x7900, 0x0000,      // addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - .
6453   0xff22, 0x0000,      // lw $25, 0($2)
6454   0x4599,              // jr $25
6455   0x0f02               // move $24, $2
6456 };
6457
6458 // The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode.
6459 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6460 const uint32_t Mips_output_data_plt<size, big_endian>::
6461 plt_entry_micromips32_o32[] =
6462 {
6463   0x41af, 0x0000,      // lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry)
6464   0xff2f, 0x0000,      // lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15)
6465   0x0019, 0x0f3c,      // jr $25
6466   0x330f, 0x0000       // addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry)
6467 };
6468
6469 // Add an entry to the PLT for a symbol referenced by r_type relocation.
6470
6471 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6472 void
6473 Mips_output_data_plt<size, big_endian>::add_entry(Mips_symbol<size>* gsym,
6474                                                   unsigned int r_type)
6475 {
6476   gold_assert(!gsym->has_plt_offset());
6477
6478   // Final PLT offset for a symbol will be set in method set_plt_offsets().
6479   gsym->set_plt_offset(this->entry_count() * sizeof(plt_entry)
6480                        + sizeof(plt0_entry_o32));
6481   this->symbols_.push_back(gsym);
6482
6483   // Record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
6484   // or a compressed code entry.
6485   if (jal_reloc(r_type))
6486    {
6487      if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_26)
6488        gsym->set_needs_mips_plt(true);
6489      else
6490        gsym->set_needs_comp_plt(true);
6491    }
6492
6493   section_offset_type got_offset = this->got_plt_->current_data_size();
6494
6495   // Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT
6496   // entry (this will be changed by the dynamic linker, normally
6497   // lazily when the function is called).
6498   this->got_plt_->set_current_data_size(got_offset + size/8);
6499
6500   gsym->set_needs_dynsym_entry();
6501   this->rel_->add_global(gsym, elfcpp::R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT, this->got_plt_,
6502                          got_offset);
6503 }
6504
6505 // Set final PLT offsets.  For each symbol, determine whether standard or
6506 // compressed (MIPS16 or microMIPS) PLT entry is used.
6507
6508 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6509 void
6510 Mips_output_data_plt<size, big_endian>::set_plt_offsets()
6511 {
6512   // The sizes of individual PLT entries.
6513   unsigned int plt_mips_entry_size = this->standard_plt_entry_size();
6514   unsigned int plt_comp_entry_size = (!this->target_->is_output_newabi()
6515                                       ? this->compressed_plt_entry_size() : 0);
6516
6517   for (typename std::vector<Mips_symbol<size>*>::const_iterator
6518        p = this->symbols_.begin(); p != this->symbols_.end(); ++p)
6519     {
6520       Mips_symbol<size>* mips_sym = *p;
6521
6522       // There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for n32 or n64,
6523       // so always use a standard entry there.
6524       //
6525       // If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
6526       // all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
6527       // to having a MIPS16 entry.  And in the case of call_stub a
6528       // standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
6529       // instruction.
6530       if (this->target_->is_output_newabi()
6531           || mips_sym->has_mips16_call_stub()
6532           || mips_sym->has_mips16_call_fp_stub())
6533         {
6534           mips_sym->set_needs_mips_plt(true);
6535           mips_sym->set_needs_comp_plt(false);
6536         }
6537
6538       // Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
6539       // have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
6540       // entries.  Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
6541       // contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
6542       // pure microMIPS binaries.  Prefer standard entries otherwise,
6543       // because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower.
6544       if (!mips_sym->needs_mips_plt() && !mips_sym->needs_comp_plt())
6545         {
6546           if (this->target_->is_output_micromips())
6547             mips_sym->set_needs_comp_plt(true);
6548           else
6549             mips_sym->set_needs_mips_plt(true);
6550         }
6551
6552       if (mips_sym->needs_mips_plt())
6553         {
6554           mips_sym->set_mips_plt_offset(this->plt_mips_offset_);
6555           this->plt_mips_offset_ += plt_mips_entry_size;
6556         }
6557       if (mips_sym->needs_comp_plt())
6558         {
6559           mips_sym->set_comp_plt_offset(this->plt_comp_offset_);
6560           this->plt_comp_offset_ += plt_comp_entry_size;
6561         }
6562     }
6563
6564     // Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we are using it.
6565     if (this->plt_mips_offset_ + this->plt_comp_offset_ != 0)
6566       this->plt_header_size_ = this->get_plt_header_size();
6567 }
6568
6569 // Write out the PLT.  This uses the hand-coded instructions above,
6570 // and adjusts them as needed.
6571
6572 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6573 void
6574 Mips_output_data_plt<size, big_endian>::do_write(Output_file* of)
6575 {
6576   const off_t offset = this->offset();
6577   const section_size_type oview_size =
6578     convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
6579   unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
6580
6581   const off_t gotplt_file_offset = this->got_plt_->offset();
6582   const section_size_type gotplt_size =
6583     convert_to_section_size_type(this->got_plt_->data_size());
6584   unsigned char* const gotplt_view = of->get_output_view(gotplt_file_offset,
6585                                                          gotplt_size);
6586   unsigned char* pov = oview;
6587
6588   Mips_address plt_address = this->address();
6589
6590   // Calculate the address of .got.plt.
6591   Mips_address gotplt_addr = this->got_plt_->address();
6592   Mips_address gotplt_addr_high = ((gotplt_addr + 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
6593   Mips_address gotplt_addr_low = gotplt_addr & 0xffff;
6594
6595   // The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
6596   // not be loaded in two instructions.
6597   gold_assert((gotplt_addr & ~(Mips_address) 0x7fffffff) == 0
6598               || ~(gotplt_addr | 0x7fffffff) == 0);
6599
6600   // Write the PLT header.
6601   const uint32_t* plt0_entry = this->get_plt_header_entry();
6602   if (plt0_entry == plt0_entry_micromips_o32)
6603     {
6604       // Write microMIPS PLT header.
6605       gold_assert(gotplt_addr % 4 == 0);
6606
6607       Mips_address gotpc_offset = gotplt_addr - ((plt_address | 3) ^ 3);
6608
6609       // ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range.
6610       if (gotpc_offset + 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
6611        {
6612          gold_error(_(".got.plt offset of %ld from .plt beyond the range of "
6613                     "ADDIUPC"), (long)gotpc_offset);
6614          return;
6615        }
6616
6617       elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov,
6618                  plt0_entry[0] | ((gotpc_offset >> 18) & 0x7f));
6619       elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2,
6620                                              (gotpc_offset >> 2) & 0xffff);
6621       pov += 4;
6622       for (unsigned int i = 2;
6623            i < (sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips_o32)
6624                 / sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips_o32[0]));
6625            i++)
6626         {
6627           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, plt0_entry[i]);
6628           pov += 2;
6629         }
6630     }
6631   else if (plt0_entry == plt0_entry_micromips32_o32)
6632     {
6633       // Write microMIPS PLT header in insn32 mode.
6634       elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, plt0_entry[0]);
6635       elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2, gotplt_addr_high);
6636       elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4, plt0_entry[2]);
6637       elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 6, gotplt_addr_low);
6638       elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 8, plt0_entry[4]);
6639       elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 10, gotplt_addr_low);
6640       pov += 12;
6641       for (unsigned int i = 6;
6642            i < (sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips32_o32)
6643                 / sizeof(plt0_entry_micromips32_o32[0]));
6644            i++)
6645         {
6646           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, plt0_entry[i]);
6647           pov += 2;
6648         }
6649     }
6650   else
6651     {
6652       // Write standard PLT header.
6653       elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov,
6654                                              plt0_entry[0] | gotplt_addr_high);
6655       elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4,
6656                                              plt0_entry[1] | gotplt_addr_low);
6657       elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 8,
6658                                              plt0_entry[2] | gotplt_addr_low);
6659       pov += 12;
6660       for (int i = 3; i < 8; i++)
6661         {
6662           elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov, plt0_entry[i]);
6663           pov += 4;
6664         }
6665     }
6666
6667
6668   unsigned char* gotplt_pov = gotplt_view;
6669   unsigned int got_entry_size = size/8; // TODO(sasa): MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE
6670
6671   // The first two entries in .got.plt are reserved.
6672   elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::writeval(gotplt_pov, 0);
6673   elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::writeval(gotplt_pov + got_entry_size, 0);
6674
6675   unsigned int gotplt_offset = 2 * got_entry_size;
6676   gotplt_pov += 2 * got_entry_size;
6677
6678   // Calculate the address of the PLT header.
6679   Mips_address header_address = (plt_address
6680                                  + (this->is_plt_header_compressed() ? 1 : 0));
6681
6682   // Initialize compressed PLT area view.
6683   unsigned char* pov2 = pov + this->plt_mips_offset_;
6684
6685   // Write the PLT entries.
6686   for (typename std::vector<Mips_symbol<size>*>::const_iterator
6687        p = this->symbols_.begin();
6688        p != this->symbols_.end();
6689        ++p, gotplt_pov += got_entry_size, gotplt_offset += got_entry_size)
6690     {
6691       Mips_symbol<size>* mips_sym = *p;
6692
6693       // Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry.
6694       uint32_t gotplt_entry_addr = (gotplt_addr + gotplt_offset);
6695       uint32_t gotplt_entry_addr_hi = (((gotplt_entry_addr + 0x8000) >> 16)
6696                                        & 0xffff);
6697       uint32_t gotplt_entry_addr_lo = gotplt_entry_addr & 0xffff;
6698
6699       // Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header.
6700       if (this->target_->is_output_n64())
6701         elfcpp::Swap<64, big_endian>::writeval(gotplt_pov, header_address);
6702       else
6703         elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(gotplt_pov, header_address);
6704
6705       // Now handle the PLT itself.  First the standard entry.
6706       if (mips_sym->has_mips_plt_offset())
6707         {
6708           // Pick the load opcode (LW or LD).
6709           uint64_t load = this->target_->is_output_n64() ? 0xdc000000
6710                                                          : 0x8c000000;
6711
6712           // Fill in the PLT entry itself.
6713           elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov,
6714               plt_entry[0] | gotplt_entry_addr_hi);
6715           elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4,
6716               plt_entry[1] | gotplt_entry_addr_lo | load);
6717           elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 8, plt_entry[2]);
6718           elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 12,
6719               plt_entry[3] | gotplt_entry_addr_lo);
6720           pov += 16;
6721         }
6722
6723       // Now the compressed entry.  They come after any standard ones.
6724       if (mips_sym->has_comp_plt_offset())
6725         {
6726           if (!this->target_->is_output_micromips())
6727             {
6728               // Write MIPS16 PLT entry.
6729               const uint32_t* plt_entry = plt_entry_mips16_o32;
6730
6731               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2, plt_entry[0]);
6732               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 2, plt_entry[1]);
6733               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 4, plt_entry[2]);
6734               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 6, plt_entry[3]);
6735               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 8, plt_entry[4]);
6736               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 10, plt_entry[5]);
6737               elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 12,
6738                                                      gotplt_entry_addr);
6739               pov2 += 16;
6740             }
6741           else if (this->target_->use_32bit_micromips_instructions())
6742             {
6743               // Write microMIPS PLT entry in insn32 mode.
6744               const uint32_t* plt_entry = plt_entry_micromips32_o32;
6745
6746               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2, plt_entry[0]);
6747               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 2,
6748                                                      gotplt_entry_addr_hi);
6749               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 4, plt_entry[2]);
6750               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 6,
6751                                                      gotplt_entry_addr_lo);
6752               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 8, plt_entry[4]);
6753               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 10, plt_entry[5]);
6754               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 12, plt_entry[6]);
6755               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 14,
6756                                                      gotplt_entry_addr_lo);
6757               pov2 += 16;
6758             }
6759           else
6760             {
6761               // Write microMIPS PLT entry.
6762               const uint32_t* plt_entry = plt_entry_micromips_o32;
6763
6764               gold_assert(gotplt_entry_addr % 4 == 0);
6765
6766               Mips_address loc_address = plt_address + pov2 - oview;
6767               int gotpc_offset = gotplt_entry_addr - ((loc_address | 3) ^ 3);
6768
6769               // ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range.
6770               if (gotpc_offset + 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
6771                 {
6772                   gold_error(_(".got.plt offset of %ld from .plt beyond the "
6773                              "range of ADDIUPC"), (long)gotpc_offset);
6774                   return;
6775                 }
6776
6777               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2,
6778                           plt_entry[0] | ((gotpc_offset >> 18) & 0x7f));
6779               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(
6780                   pov2 + 2, (gotpc_offset >> 2) & 0xffff);
6781               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 4, plt_entry[2]);
6782               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 6, plt_entry[3]);
6783               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 8, plt_entry[4]);
6784               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov2 + 10, plt_entry[5]);
6785               pov2 += 12;
6786             }
6787         }
6788     }
6789
6790   // Check the number of bytes written for standard entries.
6791   gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(
6792       pov - oview - this->plt_header_size_) == this->plt_mips_offset_);
6793   // Check the number of bytes written for compressed entries.
6794   gold_assert((static_cast<section_size_type>(pov2 - pov)
6795                == this->plt_comp_offset_));
6796   // Check the total number of bytes written.
6797   gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(pov2 - oview) == oview_size);
6798
6799   gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(gotplt_pov - gotplt_view)
6800               == gotplt_size);
6801
6802   of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview);
6803   of->write_output_view(gotplt_file_offset, gotplt_size, gotplt_view);
6804 }
6805
6806 // Mips_output_data_mips_stubs methods.
6807
6808 // The format of the lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is less than
6809 // 64K, dynamic symbol index is less than 32K, and ABI is not N64.
6810 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6811 const uint32_t
6812 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::lazy_stub_normal_1[4] =
6813 {
6814   0x8f998010,         // lw t9,0x8010(gp)
6815   0x03e07825,         // or t7,ra,zero
6816   0x0320f809,         // jalr t9,ra
6817   0x24180000          // addiu t8,zero,DYN_INDEX sign extended
6818 };
6819
6820 // The format of the lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is less than
6821 // 64K, dynamic symbol index is less than 32K, and ABI is N64.
6822 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6823 const uint32_t
6824 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::lazy_stub_normal_1_n64[4] =
6825 {
6826   0xdf998010,         // ld t9,0x8010(gp)
6827   0x03e07825,         // or t7,ra,zero
6828   0x0320f809,         // jalr t9,ra
6829   0x64180000          // daddiu t8,zero,DYN_INDEX sign extended
6830 };
6831
6832 // The format of the lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is less than
6833 // 64K, dynamic symbol index is between 32K and 64K, and ABI is not N64.
6834 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6835 const uint32_t
6836 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::lazy_stub_normal_2[4] =
6837 {
6838   0x8f998010,         // lw t9,0x8010(gp)
6839   0x03e07825,         // or t7,ra,zero
6840   0x0320f809,         // jalr t9,ra
6841   0x34180000          // ori t8,zero,DYN_INDEX unsigned
6842 };
6843
6844 // The format of the lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is less than
6845 // 64K, dynamic symbol index is between 32K and 64K, and ABI is N64.
6846 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6847 const uint32_t
6848 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::lazy_stub_normal_2_n64[4] =
6849 {
6850   0xdf998010,         // ld t9,0x8010(gp)
6851   0x03e07825,         // or t7,ra,zero
6852   0x0320f809,         // jalr t9,ra
6853   0x34180000          // ori t8,zero,DYN_INDEX unsigned
6854 };
6855
6856 // The format of the lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is greater than
6857 // 64K, and ABI is not N64.
6858 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6859 const uint32_t Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::lazy_stub_big[5] =
6860 {
6861   0x8f998010,         // lw t9,0x8010(gp)
6862   0x03e07825,         // or t7,ra,zero
6863   0x3c180000,         // lui t8,DYN_INDEX
6864   0x0320f809,         // jalr t9,ra
6865   0x37180000          // ori t8,t8,DYN_INDEX
6866 };
6867
6868 // The format of the lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is greater than
6869 // 64K, and ABI is N64.
6870 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6871 const uint32_t
6872 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::lazy_stub_big_n64[5] =
6873 {
6874   0xdf998010,         // ld t9,0x8010(gp)
6875   0x03e07825,         // or t7,ra,zero
6876   0x3c180000,         // lui t8,DYN_INDEX
6877   0x0320f809,         // jalr t9,ra
6878   0x37180000          // ori t8,t8,DYN_INDEX
6879 };
6880
6881 // microMIPS stubs.
6882
6883 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is
6884 // less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is less than 32K, and ABI is not N64.
6885 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6886 const uint32_t
6887 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::lazy_stub_micromips_normal_1[] =
6888 {
6889   0xff3c, 0x8010,     // lw t9,0x8010(gp)
6890   0x0dff,             // move t7,ra
6891   0x45d9,             // jalr t9
6892   0x3300, 0x0000      // addiu t8,zero,DYN_INDEX sign extended
6893 };
6894
6895 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is
6896 // less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is less than 32K, and ABI is N64.
6897 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6898 const uint32_t
6899 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::
6900 lazy_stub_micromips_normal_1_n64[] =
6901 {
6902   0xdf3c, 0x8010,     // ld t9,0x8010(gp)
6903   0x0dff,             // move t7,ra
6904   0x45d9,             // jalr t9
6905   0x5f00, 0x0000      // daddiu t8,zero,DYN_INDEX sign extended
6906 };
6907
6908 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol
6909 // count is less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is between 32K and 64K,
6910 // and ABI is not N64.
6911 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6912 const uint32_t
6913 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::lazy_stub_micromips_normal_2[] =
6914 {
6915   0xff3c, 0x8010,     // lw t9,0x8010(gp)
6916   0x0dff,             // move t7,ra
6917   0x45d9,             // jalr t9
6918   0x5300, 0x0000      // ori t8,zero,DYN_INDEX unsigned
6919 };
6920
6921 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol
6922 // count is less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is between 32K and 64K,
6923 // and ABI is N64.
6924 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6925 const uint32_t
6926 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::
6927 lazy_stub_micromips_normal_2_n64[] =
6928 {
6929   0xdf3c, 0x8010,     // ld t9,0x8010(gp)
6930   0x0dff,             // move t7,ra
6931   0x45d9,             // jalr t9
6932   0x5300, 0x0000      // ori t8,zero,DYN_INDEX unsigned
6933 };
6934
6935 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is
6936 // greater than 64K, and ABI is not N64.
6937 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6938 const uint32_t
6939 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::lazy_stub_micromips_big[] =
6940 {
6941   0xff3c, 0x8010,     // lw t9,0x8010(gp)
6942   0x0dff,             // move t7,ra
6943   0x41b8, 0x0000,     // lui t8,DYN_INDEX
6944   0x45d9,             // jalr t9
6945   0x5318, 0x0000      // ori t8,t8,DYN_INDEX
6946 };
6947
6948 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is
6949 // greater than 64K, and ABI is N64.
6950 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6951 const uint32_t
6952 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::lazy_stub_micromips_big_n64[] =
6953 {
6954   0xdf3c, 0x8010,     // ld t9,0x8010(gp)
6955   0x0dff,             // move t7,ra
6956   0x41b8, 0x0000,     // lui t8,DYN_INDEX
6957   0x45d9,             // jalr t9
6958   0x5318, 0x0000      // ori t8,t8,DYN_INDEX
6959 };
6960
6961 // 32-bit microMIPS stubs.
6962
6963 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is
6964 // less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is less than 32K, ABI is not N64, and we
6965 // can use only 32-bit instructions.
6966 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6967 const uint32_t
6968 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::
6969 lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_1[] =
6970 {
6971   0xff3c, 0x8010,     // lw t9,0x8010(gp)
6972   0x001f, 0x7a90,     // or t7,ra,zero
6973   0x03f9, 0x0f3c,     // jalr ra,t9
6974   0x3300, 0x0000      // addiu t8,zero,DYN_INDEX sign extended
6975 };
6976
6977 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is
6978 // less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is less than 32K, ABI is N64, and we can
6979 // use only 32-bit instructions.
6980 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6981 const uint32_t
6982 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::
6983 lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_1_n64[] =
6984 {
6985   0xdf3c, 0x8010,     // ld t9,0x8010(gp)
6986   0x001f, 0x7a90,     // or t7,ra,zero
6987   0x03f9, 0x0f3c,     // jalr ra,t9
6988   0x5f00, 0x0000      // daddiu t8,zero,DYN_INDEX sign extended
6989 };
6990
6991 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol
6992 // count is less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is between 32K and 64K,
6993 // ABI is not N64, and we can use only 32-bit instructions.
6994 template<int size, bool big_endian>
6995 const uint32_t
6996 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::
6997 lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_2[] =
6998 {
6999   0xff3c, 0x8010,     // lw t9,0x8010(gp)
7000   0x001f, 0x7a90,     // or t7,ra,zero
7001   0x03f9, 0x0f3c,     // jalr ra,t9
7002   0x5300, 0x0000      // ori t8,zero,DYN_INDEX unsigned
7003 };
7004
7005 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol
7006 // count is less than 64K, dynamic symbol index is between 32K and 64K,
7007 // ABI is N64, and we can use only 32-bit instructions.
7008 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7009 const uint32_t
7010 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::
7011 lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_2_n64[] =
7012 {
7013   0xdf3c, 0x8010,     // ld t9,0x8010(gp)
7014   0x001f, 0x7a90,     // or t7,ra,zero
7015   0x03f9, 0x0f3c,     // jalr ra,t9
7016   0x5300, 0x0000      // ori t8,zero,DYN_INDEX unsigned
7017 };
7018
7019 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is
7020 // greater than 64K, ABI is not N64, and we can use only 32-bit instructions.
7021 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7022 const uint32_t
7023 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::lazy_stub_micromips32_big[] =
7024 {
7025   0xff3c, 0x8010,     // lw t9,0x8010(gp)
7026   0x001f, 0x7a90,     // or t7,ra,zero
7027   0x41b8, 0x0000,     // lui t8,DYN_INDEX
7028   0x03f9, 0x0f3c,     // jalr ra,t9
7029   0x5318, 0x0000      // ori t8,t8,DYN_INDEX
7030 };
7031
7032 // The format of the microMIPS lazy binding stub when dynamic symbol count is
7033 // greater than 64K, ABI is N64, and we can use only 32-bit instructions.
7034 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7035 const uint32_t
7036 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::lazy_stub_micromips32_big_n64[] =
7037 {
7038   0xdf3c, 0x8010,     // ld t9,0x8010(gp)
7039   0x001f, 0x7a90,     // or t7,ra,zero
7040   0x41b8, 0x0000,     // lui t8,DYN_INDEX
7041   0x03f9, 0x0f3c,     // jalr ra,t9
7042   0x5318, 0x0000      // ori t8,t8,DYN_INDEX
7043 };
7044
7045 // Create entry for a symbol.
7046
7047 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7048 void
7049 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::make_entry(
7050     Mips_symbol<size>* gsym)
7051 {
7052   if (!gsym->has_lazy_stub() && !gsym->has_plt_offset())
7053     {
7054       this->symbols_.insert(gsym);
7055       gsym->set_has_lazy_stub(true);
7056     }
7057 }
7058
7059 // Remove entry for a symbol.
7060
7061 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7062 void
7063 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::remove_entry(
7064     Mips_symbol<size>* gsym)
7065 {
7066   if (gsym->has_lazy_stub())
7067     {
7068       this->symbols_.erase(gsym);
7069       gsym->set_has_lazy_stub(false);
7070     }
7071 }
7072
7073 // Set stub offsets for symbols.  This method expects that the number of
7074 // entries in dynamic symbol table is set.
7075
7076 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7077 void
7078 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::set_lazy_stub_offsets()
7079 {
7080   gold_assert(this->dynsym_count_ != -1U);
7081
7082   if (this->stub_offsets_are_set_)
7083     return;
7084
7085   unsigned int stub_size = this->stub_size();
7086   unsigned int offset = 0;
7087   for (typename Unordered_set<Mips_symbol<size>*>::const_iterator
7088        p = this->symbols_.begin();
7089        p != this->symbols_.end();
7090        ++p, offset += stub_size)
7091     {
7092       Mips_symbol<size>* mips_sym = *p;
7093       mips_sym->set_lazy_stub_offset(offset);
7094     }
7095   this->stub_offsets_are_set_ = true;
7096 }
7097
7098 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7099 void
7100 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::set_needs_dynsym_value()
7101 {
7102   for (typename Unordered_set<Mips_symbol<size>*>::const_iterator
7103        p = this->symbols_.begin(); p != this->symbols_.end(); ++p)
7104     {
7105       Mips_symbol<size>* sym = *p;
7106       if (sym->is_from_dynobj())
7107         sym->set_needs_dynsym_value();
7108     }
7109 }
7110
7111 // Write out the .MIPS.stubs.  This uses the hand-coded instructions and
7112 // adjusts them as needed.
7113
7114 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7115 void
7116 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>::do_write(Output_file* of)
7117 {
7118   const off_t offset = this->offset();
7119   const section_size_type oview_size =
7120     convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
7121   unsigned char* const oview = of->get_output_view(offset, oview_size);
7122
7123   bool big_stub = this->dynsym_count_ > 0x10000;
7124
7125   unsigned char* pov = oview;
7126   for (typename Unordered_set<Mips_symbol<size>*>::const_iterator
7127        p = this->symbols_.begin(); p != this->symbols_.end(); ++p)
7128     {
7129       Mips_symbol<size>* sym = *p;
7130       const uint32_t* lazy_stub;
7131       bool n64 = this->target_->is_output_n64();
7132
7133       if (!this->target_->is_output_micromips())
7134         {
7135           // Write standard (non-microMIPS) stub.
7136           if (!big_stub)
7137             {
7138               if (sym->dynsym_index() & ~0x7fff)
7139                 // Dynsym index is between 32K and 64K.
7140                 lazy_stub = n64 ? lazy_stub_normal_2_n64 : lazy_stub_normal_2;
7141               else
7142                 // Dynsym index is less than 32K.
7143                 lazy_stub = n64 ? lazy_stub_normal_1_n64 : lazy_stub_normal_1;
7144             }
7145           else
7146             lazy_stub = n64 ? lazy_stub_big_n64 : lazy_stub_big;
7147
7148           unsigned int i = 0;
7149           elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov, lazy_stub[i]);
7150           elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4, lazy_stub[i + 1]);
7151           pov += 8;
7152
7153           i += 2;
7154           if (big_stub)
7155             {
7156               // LUI instruction of the big stub.  Paste high 16 bits of the
7157               // dynsym index.
7158               elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov,
7159                   lazy_stub[i] | ((sym->dynsym_index() >> 16) & 0x7fff));
7160               pov += 4;
7161               i += 1;
7162             }
7163           elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov, lazy_stub[i]);
7164           // Last stub instruction.  Paste low 16 bits of the dynsym index.
7165           elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4,
7166               lazy_stub[i + 1] | (sym->dynsym_index() & 0xffff));
7167           pov += 8;
7168         }
7169       else if (this->target_->use_32bit_micromips_instructions())
7170         {
7171           // Write microMIPS stub in insn32 mode.
7172           if (!big_stub)
7173             {
7174               if (sym->dynsym_index() & ~0x7fff)
7175                 // Dynsym index is between 32K and 64K.
7176                 lazy_stub = n64 ? lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_2_n64
7177                                 : lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_2;
7178               else
7179                 // Dynsym index is less than 32K.
7180                 lazy_stub = n64 ? lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_1_n64
7181                                 : lazy_stub_micromips32_normal_1;
7182             }
7183           else
7184             lazy_stub = n64 ? lazy_stub_micromips32_big_n64
7185                             : lazy_stub_micromips32_big;
7186
7187           unsigned int i = 0;
7188           // First stub instruction.  We emit 32-bit microMIPS instructions by
7189           // emitting two 16-bit parts because on microMIPS the 16-bit part of
7190           // the instruction where the opcode is must always come first, for
7191           // both little and big endian.
7192           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, lazy_stub[i]);
7193           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2, lazy_stub[i + 1]);
7194           // Second stub instruction.
7195           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4, lazy_stub[i + 2]);
7196           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 6, lazy_stub[i + 3]);
7197           pov += 8;
7198           i += 4;
7199           if (big_stub)
7200             {
7201               // LUI instruction of the big stub.  Paste high 16 bits of the
7202               // dynsym index.
7203               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, lazy_stub[i]);
7204               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2,
7205                   (sym->dynsym_index() >> 16) & 0x7fff);
7206               pov += 4;
7207               i += 2;
7208             }
7209           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, lazy_stub[i]);
7210           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2, lazy_stub[i + 1]);
7211           // Last stub instruction.  Paste low 16 bits of the dynsym index.
7212           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4, lazy_stub[i + 2]);
7213           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 6,
7214               sym->dynsym_index() & 0xffff);
7215           pov += 8;
7216         }
7217       else
7218         {
7219           // Write microMIPS stub.
7220           if (!big_stub)
7221             {
7222               if (sym->dynsym_index() & ~0x7fff)
7223                 // Dynsym index is between 32K and 64K.
7224                 lazy_stub = n64 ? lazy_stub_micromips_normal_2_n64
7225                                 : lazy_stub_micromips_normal_2;
7226               else
7227                 // Dynsym index is less than 32K.
7228                 lazy_stub = n64 ? lazy_stub_micromips_normal_1_n64
7229                                 : lazy_stub_micromips_normal_1;
7230             }
7231           else
7232             lazy_stub = n64 ? lazy_stub_micromips_big_n64
7233                             : lazy_stub_micromips_big;
7234
7235           unsigned int i = 0;
7236           // First stub instruction.  We emit 32-bit microMIPS instructions by
7237           // emitting two 16-bit parts because on microMIPS the 16-bit part of
7238           // the instruction where the opcode is must always come first, for
7239           // both little and big endian.
7240           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, lazy_stub[i]);
7241           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2, lazy_stub[i + 1]);
7242           // Second stub instruction.
7243           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4, lazy_stub[i + 2]);
7244           pov += 6;
7245           i += 3;
7246           if (big_stub)
7247             {
7248               // LUI instruction of the big stub.  Paste high 16 bits of the
7249               // dynsym index.
7250               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, lazy_stub[i]);
7251               elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2,
7252                   (sym->dynsym_index() >> 16) & 0x7fff);
7253               pov += 4;
7254               i += 2;
7255             }
7256           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov, lazy_stub[i]);
7257           // Last stub instruction.  Paste low 16 bits of the dynsym index.
7258           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 2, lazy_stub[i + 1]);
7259           elfcpp::Swap<16, big_endian>::writeval(pov + 4,
7260               sym->dynsym_index() & 0xffff);
7261           pov += 6;
7262         }
7263     }
7264
7265   // We always allocate 20 bytes for every stub, because final dynsym count is
7266   // not known in method do_finalize_sections.  There are 4 unused bytes per
7267   // stub if final dynsym count is less than 0x10000.
7268   unsigned int used = pov - oview;
7269   unsigned int unused = big_stub ? 0 : this->symbols_.size() * 4;
7270   gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type>(used + unused) == oview_size);
7271
7272   // Fill the unused space with zeroes.
7273   // TODO(sasa): Can we strip unused bytes during the relaxation?
7274   if (unused > 0)
7275     memset(pov, 0, unused);
7276
7277   of->write_output_view(offset, oview_size, oview);
7278 }
7279
7280 // Mips_output_section_reginfo methods.
7281
7282 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7283 void
7284 Mips_output_section_reginfo<size, big_endian>::do_write(Output_file* of)
7285 {
7286   off_t offset = this->offset();
7287   off_t data_size = this->data_size();
7288
7289   unsigned char* view = of->get_output_view(offset, data_size);
7290   elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::writeval(view, this->gprmask_);
7291   elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::writeval(view + 4, this->cprmask1_);
7292   elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::writeval(view + 8, this->cprmask2_);
7293   elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::writeval(view + 12, this->cprmask3_);
7294   elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::writeval(view + 16, this->cprmask4_);
7295   // Write the gp value.
7296   elfcpp::Swap<size, big_endian>::writeval(view + 20,
7297                                            this->target_->gp_value());
7298
7299   of->write_output_view(offset, data_size, view);
7300 }
7301
7302 // Mips_copy_relocs methods.
7303
7304 // Emit any saved relocs.
7305
7306 template<int sh_type, int size, bool big_endian>
7307 void
7308 Mips_copy_relocs<sh_type, size, big_endian>::emit_mips(
7309     Output_data_reloc<sh_type, true, size, big_endian>* reloc_section,
7310     Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target)
7311 {
7312   for (typename Copy_relocs<sh_type, size, big_endian>::
7313        Copy_reloc_entries::iterator p = this->entries_.begin();
7314        p != this->entries_.end();
7315        ++p)
7316     emit_entry(*p, reloc_section, symtab, layout, target);
7317
7318   // We no longer need the saved information.
7319   this->entries_.clear();
7320 }
7321
7322 // Emit the reloc if appropriate.
7323
7324 template<int sh_type, int size, bool big_endian>
7325 void
7326 Mips_copy_relocs<sh_type, size, big_endian>::emit_entry(
7327     Copy_reloc_entry& entry,
7328     Output_data_reloc<sh_type, true, size, big_endian>* reloc_section,
7329     Symbol_table* symtab, Layout* layout, Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target)
7330 {
7331   // If the symbol is no longer defined in a dynamic object, then we
7332   // emitted a COPY relocation, and we do not want to emit this
7333   // dynamic relocation.
7334   if (!entry.sym_->is_from_dynobj())
7335     return;
7336
7337   bool can_make_dynamic = (entry.reloc_type_ == elfcpp::R_MIPS_32
7338                            || entry.reloc_type_ == elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32
7339                            || entry.reloc_type_ == elfcpp::R_MIPS_64);
7340
7341   Mips_symbol<size>* sym = Mips_symbol<size>::as_mips_sym(entry.sym_);
7342   if (can_make_dynamic && !sym->has_static_relocs())
7343     {
7344       Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object =
7345         Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>::as_mips_relobj(entry.relobj_);
7346       target->got_section(symtab, layout)->record_global_got_symbol(
7347                           sym, object, entry.reloc_type_, true, false);
7348       if (!symbol_references_local(sym, sym->should_add_dynsym_entry(symtab)))
7349         target->rel_dyn_section(layout)->add_global(sym, elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32,
7350             entry.output_section_, entry.relobj_, entry.shndx_, entry.address_);
7351       else
7352         target->rel_dyn_section(layout)->add_symbolless_global_addend(
7353             sym, elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32, entry.output_section_, entry.relobj_,
7354             entry.shndx_, entry.address_);
7355     }
7356   else
7357     this->make_copy_reloc(symtab, layout,
7358                           static_cast<Sized_symbol<size>*>(entry.sym_),
7359                           reloc_section);
7360 }
7361
7362 // Target_mips methods.
7363
7364 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
7365 // treatment.  This is how we support equality comparisons of function
7366 // pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the
7367 // processor specific ABI supplement.
7368
7369 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7370 uint64_t
7371 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::do_dynsym_value(const Symbol* gsym) const
7372 {
7373   uint64_t value = 0;
7374   const Mips_symbol<size>* mips_sym = Mips_symbol<size>::as_mips_sym(gsym);
7375
7376   if (!mips_sym->has_lazy_stub())
7377     {
7378       if (mips_sym->has_plt_offset())
7379         {
7380           // We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
7381           // giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT.  Set the
7382           // value to the stub address if there are any relocations in the
7383           // binary where pointer equality matters.
7384           if (mips_sym->pointer_equality_needed())
7385             {
7386               // Prefer a standard MIPS PLT entry.
7387               if (mips_sym->has_mips_plt_offset())
7388                 value = this->plt_section()->mips_entry_address(mips_sym);
7389               else
7390                 value = this->plt_section()->comp_entry_address(mips_sym) + 1;
7391             }
7392           else
7393             value = 0;
7394         }
7395     }
7396   else
7397     {
7398       // First, set stub offsets for symbols.  This method expects that the
7399       // number of entries in dynamic symbol table is set.
7400       this->mips_stubs_section()->set_lazy_stub_offsets();
7401
7402       // The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
7403       // to reset the global offset table entry for this external
7404       // to its stub address when unlinking a shared object.
7405       value = this->mips_stubs_section()->stub_address(mips_sym);
7406     }
7407
7408   if (mips_sym->has_mips16_fn_stub())
7409     {
7410       // If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
7411       // refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
7412       // conventions.
7413       value = mips_sym->template
7414               get_mips16_fn_stub<big_endian>()->output_address();
7415     }
7416
7417   return value;
7418 }
7419
7420 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.  It's always
7421 // .rel.dyn, even for MIPS64.
7422
7423 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7424 typename Target_mips<size, big_endian>::Reloc_section*
7425 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::rel_dyn_section(Layout* layout)
7426 {
7427   if (this->rel_dyn_ == NULL)
7428     {
7429       gold_assert(layout != NULL);
7430       this->rel_dyn_ = new Reloc_section(parameters->options().combreloc());
7431       layout->add_output_section_data(".rel.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_REL,
7432                                       elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC, this->rel_dyn_,
7433                                       ORDER_DYNAMIC_RELOCS, false);
7434
7435       // First entry in .rel.dyn has to be null.
7436       // This is hack - we define dummy output data and set its address to 0,
7437       // and define absolute R_MIPS_NONE relocation with offset 0 against it.
7438       // This ensures that the entry is null.
7439       Output_data* od = new Output_data_zero_fill(0, 0);
7440       od->set_address(0);
7441       this->rel_dyn_->add_absolute(elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE, od, 0);
7442     }
7443   return this->rel_dyn_;
7444 }
7445
7446 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
7447
7448 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7449 Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>*
7450 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::got_section(Symbol_table* symtab,
7451                                            Layout* layout)
7452 {
7453   if (this->got_ == NULL)
7454     {
7455       gold_assert(symtab != NULL && layout != NULL);
7456
7457       this->got_ = new Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>(this, symtab,
7458                                                               layout);
7459       layout->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
7460                                       (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE |
7461                                       elfcpp::SHF_MIPS_GPREL),
7462                                       this->got_, ORDER_DATA, false);
7463
7464       // Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the .got section.
7465       symtab->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL,
7466                                     Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
7467                                     this->got_,
7468                                     0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT,
7469                                     elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL,
7470                                     elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT, 0,
7471                                     false, false);
7472     }
7473
7474   return this->got_;
7475 }
7476
7477 // Calculate value of _gp symbol.
7478
7479 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7480 void
7481 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::set_gp(Layout* layout, Symbol_table* symtab)
7482 {
7483   if (this->gp_ != NULL)
7484     return;
7485
7486   Output_data* section = layout->find_output_section(".got");
7487   if (section == NULL)
7488     {
7489       // If there is no .got section, gp should be based on .sdata.
7490       // TODO(sasa): This is probably not needed.  This was needed for older
7491       // MIPS architectures which accessed both GOT and .sdata section using
7492       // gp-relative addressing.  Modern Mips Linux ELF architectures don't
7493       // access .sdata using gp-relative addressing.
7494       for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator
7495            p = layout->section_list().begin();
7496            p != layout->section_list().end();
7497            ++p)
7498         {
7499           if (strcmp((*p)->name(), ".sdata") == 0)
7500             {
7501               section = *p;
7502               break;
7503             }
7504         }
7505     }
7506
7507   Sized_symbol<size>* gp =
7508     static_cast<Sized_symbol<size>*>(symtab->lookup("_gp"));
7509   if (gp != NULL)
7510     {
7511       if (gp->source() != Symbol::IS_CONSTANT && section != NULL)
7512         gp->init_output_data(gp->name(), NULL, section, MIPS_GP_OFFSET, 0,
7513                              elfcpp::STT_OBJECT,
7514                              elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL,
7515                              elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT, 0,
7516                              false, false);
7517       this->gp_ = gp;
7518     }
7519   else if (section != NULL)
7520     {
7521       gp = static_cast<Sized_symbol<size>*>(symtab->define_in_output_data(
7522                                       "_gp", NULL, Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
7523                                       section, MIPS_GP_OFFSET, 0,
7524                                       elfcpp::STT_OBJECT,
7525                                       elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL,
7526                                       elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT,
7527                                       0, false, false));
7528       this->gp_ = gp;
7529     }
7530 }
7531
7532 // Set the dynamic symbol indexes.  INDEX is the index of the first
7533 // global dynamic symbol.  Pointers to the symbols are stored into the
7534 // vector SYMS.  The names are added to DYNPOOL.  This returns an
7535 // updated dynamic symbol index.
7536
7537 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7538 unsigned int
7539 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::do_set_dynsym_indexes(
7540     std::vector<Symbol*>* dyn_symbols, unsigned int index,
7541     std::vector<Symbol*>* syms, Stringpool* dynpool,
7542     Versions* versions, Symbol_table* symtab) const
7543 {
7544   std::vector<Symbol*> non_got_symbols;
7545   std::vector<Symbol*> got_symbols;
7546
7547   reorder_dyn_symbols<size, big_endian>(dyn_symbols, &non_got_symbols,
7548                                         &got_symbols);
7549
7550   for (std::vector<Symbol*>::iterator p = non_got_symbols.begin();
7551        p != non_got_symbols.end();
7552        ++p)
7553     {
7554       Symbol* sym = *p;
7555
7556       // Note that SYM may already have a dynamic symbol index, since
7557       // some symbols appear more than once in the symbol table, with
7558       // and without a version.
7559
7560       if (!sym->has_dynsym_index())
7561         {
7562           sym->set_dynsym_index(index);
7563           ++index;
7564           syms->push_back(sym);
7565           dynpool->add(sym->name(), false, NULL);
7566
7567           // Record any version information.
7568           if (sym->version() != NULL)
7569             versions->record_version(symtab, dynpool, sym);
7570
7571           // If the symbol is defined in a dynamic object and is
7572           // referenced in a regular object, then mark the dynamic
7573           // object as needed.  This is used to implement --as-needed.
7574           if (sym->is_from_dynobj() && sym->in_reg())
7575             sym->object()->set_is_needed();
7576         }
7577     }
7578
7579   for (std::vector<Symbol*>::iterator p = got_symbols.begin();
7580        p != got_symbols.end();
7581        ++p)
7582     {
7583       Symbol* sym = *p;
7584       if (!sym->has_dynsym_index())
7585         {
7586           // Record any version information.
7587           if (sym->version() != NULL)
7588             versions->record_version(symtab, dynpool, sym);
7589         }
7590     }
7591
7592   index = versions->finalize(symtab, index, syms);
7593
7594   int got_sym_count = 0;
7595   for (std::vector<Symbol*>::iterator p = got_symbols.begin();
7596        p != got_symbols.end();
7597        ++p)
7598     {
7599       Symbol* sym = *p;
7600
7601       if (!sym->has_dynsym_index())
7602         {
7603           ++got_sym_count;
7604           sym->set_dynsym_index(index);
7605           ++index;
7606           syms->push_back(sym);
7607           dynpool->add(sym->name(), false, NULL);
7608
7609           // If the symbol is defined in a dynamic object and is
7610           // referenced in a regular object, then mark the dynamic
7611           // object as needed.  This is used to implement --as-needed.
7612           if (sym->is_from_dynobj() && sym->in_reg())
7613             sym->object()->set_is_needed();
7614         }
7615     }
7616
7617   // Set index of the first symbol that has .got entry.
7618   this->got_->set_first_global_got_dynsym_index(
7619     got_sym_count > 0 ? index - got_sym_count : -1U);
7620
7621   if (this->mips_stubs_ != NULL)
7622     this->mips_stubs_->set_dynsym_count(index);
7623
7624   return index;
7625 }
7626
7627 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol referenced by r_type relocation.
7628
7629 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7630 void
7631 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::make_plt_entry(Symbol_table* symtab,
7632                                               Layout* layout,
7633                                               Mips_symbol<size>* gsym,
7634                                               unsigned int r_type)
7635 {
7636   if (gsym->has_lazy_stub() || gsym->has_plt_offset())
7637     return;
7638
7639   if (this->plt_ == NULL)
7640     {
7641       // Create the GOT section first.
7642       this->got_section(symtab, layout);
7643
7644       this->got_plt_ = new Output_data_space(4, "** GOT PLT");
7645       layout->add_output_section_data(".got.plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
7646                                       (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE),
7647                                       this->got_plt_, ORDER_DATA, false);
7648
7649       // The first two entries are reserved.
7650       this->got_plt_->set_current_data_size(2 * size/8);
7651
7652       this->plt_ = new Mips_output_data_plt<size, big_endian>(layout,
7653                                                               this->got_plt_,
7654                                                               this);
7655       layout->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
7656                                       (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
7657                                        | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR),
7658                                       this->plt_, ORDER_PLT, false);
7659     }
7660
7661   this->plt_->add_entry(gsym, r_type);
7662 }
7663
7664
7665 // Get the .MIPS.stubs section, creating it if necessary.
7666
7667 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7668 Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>*
7669 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::mips_stubs_section(Layout* layout)
7670 {
7671   if (this->mips_stubs_ == NULL)
7672     {
7673       this->mips_stubs_ =
7674         new Mips_output_data_mips_stubs<size, big_endian>(this);
7675       layout->add_output_section_data(".MIPS.stubs", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
7676                                       (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
7677                                        | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR),
7678                                       this->mips_stubs_, ORDER_PLT, false);
7679     }
7680   return this->mips_stubs_;
7681 }
7682
7683 // Get the LA25 stub section, creating it if necessary.
7684
7685 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7686 Mips_output_data_la25_stub<size, big_endian>*
7687 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::la25_stub_section(Layout* layout)
7688 {
7689   if (this->la25_stub_ == NULL)
7690     {
7691       this->la25_stub_ = new Mips_output_data_la25_stub<size, big_endian>();
7692       layout->add_output_section_data(".text", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS,
7693                                       (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
7694                                        | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR),
7695                                       this->la25_stub_, ORDER_TEXT, false);
7696     }
7697   return this->la25_stub_;
7698 }
7699
7700 // Process the relocations to determine unreferenced sections for
7701 // garbage collection.
7702
7703 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7704 void
7705 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::gc_process_relocs(
7706                         Symbol_table* symtab,
7707                         Layout* layout,
7708                         Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
7709                         unsigned int data_shndx,
7710                         unsigned int,
7711                         const unsigned char* prelocs,
7712                         size_t reloc_count,
7713                         Output_section* output_section,
7714                         bool needs_special_offset_handling,
7715                         size_t local_symbol_count,
7716                         const unsigned char* plocal_symbols)
7717 {
7718   typedef Target_mips<size, big_endian> Mips;
7719   typedef Mips_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, size, big_endian>
7720       Classify_reloc;
7721
7722   gold::gc_process_relocs<size, big_endian, Mips, Scan, Classify_reloc>(
7723     symtab,
7724     layout,
7725     this,
7726     object,
7727     data_shndx,
7728     prelocs,
7729     reloc_count,
7730     output_section,
7731     needs_special_offset_handling,
7732     local_symbol_count,
7733     plocal_symbols);
7734 }
7735
7736 // Scan relocations for a section.
7737
7738 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7739 void
7740 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::scan_relocs(
7741                         Symbol_table* symtab,
7742                         Layout* layout,
7743                         Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
7744                         unsigned int data_shndx,
7745                         unsigned int sh_type,
7746                         const unsigned char* prelocs,
7747                         size_t reloc_count,
7748                         Output_section* output_section,
7749                         bool needs_special_offset_handling,
7750                         size_t local_symbol_count,
7751                         const unsigned char* plocal_symbols)
7752 {
7753   typedef Target_mips<size, big_endian> Mips;
7754
7755   if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL)
7756     {
7757       typedef Mips_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, size, big_endian>
7758           Classify_reloc;
7759
7760       gold::scan_relocs<size, big_endian, Mips, Scan, Classify_reloc>(
7761         symtab,
7762         layout,
7763         this,
7764         object,
7765         data_shndx,
7766         prelocs,
7767         reloc_count,
7768         output_section,
7769         needs_special_offset_handling,
7770         local_symbol_count,
7771         plocal_symbols);
7772     }
7773   else if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA)
7774     {
7775       typedef Mips_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, big_endian>
7776           Classify_reloc;
7777
7778       gold::scan_relocs<size, big_endian, Mips, Scan, Classify_reloc>(
7779         symtab,
7780         layout,
7781         this,
7782         object,
7783         data_shndx,
7784         prelocs,
7785         reloc_count,
7786         output_section,
7787         needs_special_offset_handling,
7788         local_symbol_count,
7789         plocal_symbols);
7790     }
7791 }
7792
7793 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7794 bool
7795 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::mips_32bit_flags(elfcpp::Elf_Word flags)
7796 {
7797   return ((flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_32BITMODE) != 0
7798           || (flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI) == elfcpp::E_MIPS_ABI_O32
7799           || (flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI) == elfcpp::E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
7800           || (flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH) == elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_1
7801           || (flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH) == elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_2
7802           || (flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH) == elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_32
7803           || (flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH) == elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2);
7804 }
7805
7806 // Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value.
7807 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7808 unsigned int
7809 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::elf_mips_mach(elfcpp::Elf_Word flags)
7810 {
7811   switch (flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_MACH)
7812     {
7813     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
7814       return mach_mips3900;
7815
7816     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
7817       return mach_mips4010;
7818
7819     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
7820       return mach_mips4100;
7821
7822     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
7823       return mach_mips4111;
7824
7825     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
7826       return mach_mips4120;
7827
7828     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
7829       return mach_mips4650;
7830
7831     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
7832       return mach_mips5400;
7833
7834     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
7835       return mach_mips5500;
7836
7837     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
7838       return mach_mips9000;
7839
7840     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
7841       return mach_mips_sb1;
7842
7843     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E:
7844       return mach_mips_loongson_2e;
7845
7846     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F:
7847       return mach_mips_loongson_2f;
7848
7849     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A:
7850       return mach_mips_loongson_3a;
7851
7852     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2:
7853       return mach_mips_octeon2;
7854
7855     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
7856       return mach_mips_octeon;
7857
7858     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
7859       return mach_mips_xlr;
7860
7861     default:
7862       switch (flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH)
7863         {
7864         default:
7865         case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_1:
7866           return mach_mips3000;
7867
7868         case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_2:
7869           return mach_mips6000;
7870
7871         case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_3:
7872           return mach_mips4000;
7873
7874         case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_4:
7875           return mach_mips8000;
7876
7877         case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_5:
7878           return mach_mips5;
7879
7880         case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
7881           return mach_mipsisa32;
7882
7883         case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
7884           return mach_mipsisa64;
7885
7886         case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
7887           return mach_mipsisa32r2;
7888
7889         case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
7890           return mach_mipsisa64r2;
7891         }
7892     }
7893
7894   return 0;
7895 }
7896
7897 // Check whether machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE.
7898 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7899 bool
7900 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::mips_mach_extends(unsigned int base,
7901                                                  unsigned int extension)
7902 {
7903   if (extension == base)
7904     return true;
7905
7906   if ((base == mach_mipsisa32)
7907       && this->mips_mach_extends(mach_mipsisa64, extension))
7908     return true;
7909
7910   if ((base == mach_mipsisa32r2)
7911       && this->mips_mach_extends(mach_mipsisa64r2, extension))
7912     return true;
7913
7914   for (unsigned int i = 0; i < this->mips_mach_extensions_.size(); ++i)
7915     if (extension == this->mips_mach_extensions_[i].first)
7916       {
7917         extension = this->mips_mach_extensions_[i].second;
7918         if (extension == base)
7919           return true;
7920       }
7921
7922   return false;
7923 }
7924
7925 template<int size, bool big_endian>
7926 void
7927 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::merge_processor_specific_flags(
7928     const std::string& name, elfcpp::Elf_Word in_flags,
7929     unsigned char in_ei_class, bool dyn_obj)
7930 {
7931   // If flags are not set yet, just copy them.
7932   if (!this->are_processor_specific_flags_set())
7933     {
7934       this->set_processor_specific_flags(in_flags);
7935       this->ei_class_ = in_ei_class;
7936       this->mach_ = this->elf_mips_mach(in_flags);
7937       return;
7938     }
7939
7940   elfcpp::Elf_Word new_flags = in_flags;
7941   elfcpp::Elf_Word old_flags = this->processor_specific_flags();
7942   elfcpp::Elf_Word merged_flags = this->processor_specific_flags();
7943   merged_flags |= new_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
7944
7945   // Check flag compatibility.
7946   new_flags &= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
7947   old_flags &= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_NOREORDER;
7948
7949   // Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set.  It
7950   // doesn't seem to matter.
7951   new_flags &= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_XGOT;
7952   old_flags &= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_XGOT;
7953
7954   // MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects.  Again, we should
7955   // just be able to ignore this.
7956   new_flags &= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_UCODE;
7957   old_flags &= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_UCODE;
7958
7959   // DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code.
7960   if (dyn_obj)
7961     new_flags |= elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC;
7962
7963   if (new_flags == old_flags)
7964     {
7965       this->set_processor_specific_flags(merged_flags);
7966       return;
7967     }
7968
7969   if (((new_flags & (elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0)
7970       != ((old_flags & (elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC)) != 0))
7971     gold_warning(_("%s: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
7972                  name.c_str());
7973
7974   if (new_flags & (elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC))
7975     merged_flags |= elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC;
7976   if (!(new_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC))
7977     merged_flags &= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC;
7978
7979   new_flags &= ~(elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC);
7980   old_flags &= ~(elfcpp::EF_MIPS_PIC | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_CPIC);
7981
7982   // Compare the ISAs.
7983   if (mips_32bit_flags(old_flags) != mips_32bit_flags(new_flags))
7984     gold_error(_("%s: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"), name.c_str());
7985   else if (!this->mips_mach_extends(this->elf_mips_mach(in_flags), this->mach_))
7986     {
7987       // Output ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, input ISA.
7988       if (this->mips_mach_extends(this->mach_, this->elf_mips_mach(in_flags)))
7989         {
7990           // Copy the architecture info from input object to output.  Also copy
7991           // the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
7992           // output as a 32-bit binary.
7993           this->mach_ = this->elf_mips_mach(in_flags);
7994           merged_flags &= ~(elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_MACH);
7995           merged_flags |= (new_flags & (elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH
7996                            | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_MACH | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_32BITMODE));
7997
7998           // Copy across the ABI flags if output doesn't use them
7999           // and if that was what caused us to treat input object as 32-bit.
8000           if ((old_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI) == 0
8001               && this->mips_32bit_flags(new_flags)
8002               && !this->mips_32bit_flags(new_flags & ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI))
8003             merged_flags |= new_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI;
8004         }
8005       else
8006         // The ISAs aren't compatible.
8007         gold_error(_("%s: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
8008                    name.c_str(), this->elf_mips_mach_name(in_flags),
8009                    this->elf_mips_mach_name(merged_flags));
8010     }
8011
8012   new_flags &= (~(elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_MACH
8013                 | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_32BITMODE));
8014   old_flags &= (~(elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_MACH
8015                 | elfcpp::EF_MIPS_32BITMODE));
8016
8017   // Compare ABIs.  The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it does set
8018   // EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI.
8019   if ((new_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI) != (old_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI)
8020       || (in_ei_class != this->ei_class_))
8021     {
8022       // Only error if both are set (to different values).
8023       if (((new_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI)
8024            && (old_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI))
8025           || (in_ei_class != this->ei_class_))
8026         gold_error(_("%s: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with "
8027                      "previous %s modules"), name.c_str(),
8028                    this->elf_mips_abi_name(in_flags, in_ei_class),
8029                    this->elf_mips_abi_name(merged_flags, this->ei_class_));
8030
8031       new_flags &= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI;
8032       old_flags &= ~elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI;
8033     }
8034
8035   // Compare ASEs.  Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
8036   // and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union).
8037   if ((new_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE)
8038       != (old_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE))
8039     {
8040       int old_micro = old_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
8041       int new_micro = new_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS;
8042       int old_m16 = old_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
8043       int new_m16 = new_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16;
8044       int micro_mis = old_m16 && new_micro;
8045       int m16_mis = old_micro && new_m16;
8046
8047       if (m16_mis || micro_mis)
8048         gold_error(_("%s: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with "
8049                      "previous %s modules"), name.c_str(),
8050                    m16_mis ? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
8051                    m16_mis ? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
8052
8053       merged_flags |= new_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
8054
8055       new_flags &= ~ elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
8056       old_flags &= ~ elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE;
8057     }
8058
8059   // Warn about any other mismatches.
8060   if (new_flags != old_flags)
8061     gold_error(_("%s: uses different e_flags (0x%x) fields than previous "
8062                  "modules (0x%x)"), name.c_str(), new_flags, old_flags);
8063
8064   this->set_processor_specific_flags(merged_flags);
8065 }
8066
8067 // Adjust ELF file header.
8068
8069 template<int size, bool big_endian>
8070 void
8071 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::do_adjust_elf_header(
8072     unsigned char* view,
8073     int len)
8074 {
8075   gold_assert(len == elfcpp::Elf_sizes<size>::ehdr_size);
8076
8077   elfcpp::Ehdr<size, big_endian> ehdr(view);
8078   unsigned char e_ident[elfcpp::EI_NIDENT];
8079   memcpy(e_ident, ehdr.get_e_ident(), elfcpp::EI_NIDENT);
8080
8081   e_ident[elfcpp::EI_CLASS] = this->ei_class_;
8082
8083   elfcpp::Ehdr_write<size, big_endian> oehdr(view);
8084   oehdr.put_e_ident(e_ident);
8085   if (this->entry_symbol_is_compressed_)
8086     oehdr.put_e_entry(ehdr.get_e_entry() + 1);
8087 }
8088
8089 // do_make_elf_object to override the same function in the base class.
8090 // We need to use a target-specific sub-class of
8091 // Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian> to store Mips specific information.
8092 // Hence we need to have our own ELF object creation.
8093
8094 template<int size, bool big_endian>
8095 Object*
8096 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::do_make_elf_object(
8097     const std::string& name,
8098     Input_file* input_file,
8099     off_t offset, const elfcpp::Ehdr<size, big_endian>& ehdr)
8100 {
8101   int et = ehdr.get_e_type();
8102   // ET_EXEC files are valid input for --just-symbols/-R,
8103   // and we treat them as relocatable objects.
8104   if (et == elfcpp::ET_REL
8105       || (et == elfcpp::ET_EXEC && input_file->just_symbols()))
8106     {
8107       Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* obj =
8108         new Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>(name, input_file, offset, ehdr);
8109       obj->setup();
8110       return obj;
8111     }
8112   else if (et == elfcpp::ET_DYN)
8113     {
8114       // TODO(sasa): Should we create Mips_dynobj?
8115       return Target::do_make_elf_object(name, input_file, offset, ehdr);
8116     }
8117   else
8118     {
8119       gold_error(_("%s: unsupported ELF file type %d"),
8120                  name.c_str(), et);
8121       return NULL;
8122     }
8123 }
8124
8125 // Finalize the sections.
8126
8127 template <int size, bool big_endian>
8128 void
8129 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::do_finalize_sections(Layout* layout,
8130                                         const Input_objects* input_objects,
8131                                         Symbol_table* symtab)
8132 {
8133   // Add +1 to MIPS16 and microMIPS init_ and _fini symbols so that DT_INIT and
8134   // DT_FINI have correct values.
8135   Mips_symbol<size>* init = static_cast<Mips_symbol<size>*>(
8136       symtab->lookup(parameters->options().init()));
8137   if (init != NULL && (init->is_mips16() || init->is_micromips()))
8138     init->set_value(init->value() | 1);
8139   Mips_symbol<size>* fini = static_cast<Mips_symbol<size>*>(
8140       symtab->lookup(parameters->options().fini()));
8141   if (fini != NULL && (fini->is_mips16() || fini->is_micromips()))
8142     fini->set_value(fini->value() | 1);
8143
8144   // Check whether the entry symbol is mips16 or micromips.  This is needed to
8145   // adjust entry address in ELF header.
8146   Mips_symbol<size>* entry =
8147     static_cast<Mips_symbol<size>*>(symtab->lookup(this->entry_symbol_name()));
8148   this->entry_symbol_is_compressed_ = (entry != NULL && (entry->is_mips16()
8149                                        || entry->is_micromips()));
8150
8151   if (!parameters->doing_static_link()
8152       && (strcmp(parameters->options().hash_style(), "gnu") == 0
8153           || strcmp(parameters->options().hash_style(), "both") == 0))
8154     {
8155       // .gnu.hash and the MIPS ABI require .dynsym to be sorted in different
8156       // ways.  .gnu.hash needs symbols to be grouped by hash code whereas the
8157       // MIPS ABI requires a mapping between the GOT and the symbol table.
8158       gold_error(".gnu.hash is incompatible with the MIPS ABI");
8159     }
8160
8161   // Check whether the final section that was scanned has HI16 or GOT16
8162   // relocations without the corresponding LO16 part.
8163   if (this->got16_addends_.size() > 0)
8164       gold_error("Can't find matching LO16 reloc");
8165
8166   // Set _gp value.
8167   this->set_gp(layout, symtab);
8168
8169   // Check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard.
8170   if (!parameters->options().relocatable())
8171     {
8172       for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p = input_objects->relobj_begin();
8173           p != input_objects->relobj_end();
8174           ++p)
8175         {
8176           Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object =
8177             Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>::as_mips_relobj(*p);
8178           object->discard_mips16_stub_sections(symtab);
8179         }
8180     }
8181
8182   // Merge processor-specific flags.
8183   for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p = input_objects->relobj_begin();
8184        p != input_objects->relobj_end();
8185        ++p)
8186     {
8187       Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj =
8188         Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>::as_mips_relobj(*p);
8189
8190       Input_file::Format format = relobj->input_file()->format();
8191       if (format == Input_file::FORMAT_ELF)
8192         {
8193           // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
8194           const unsigned char* pehdr = relobj->get_view(
8195                                             elfcpp::file_header_offset,
8196                                             elfcpp::Elf_sizes<size>::ehdr_size,
8197                                             true, false);
8198
8199           elfcpp::Ehdr<size, big_endian> ehdr(pehdr);
8200           elfcpp::Elf_Word in_flags = ehdr.get_e_flags();
8201           unsigned char ei_class = ehdr.get_e_ident()[elfcpp::EI_CLASS];
8202
8203           this->merge_processor_specific_flags(relobj->name(), in_flags,
8204                                                ei_class, false);
8205         }
8206     }
8207
8208   for (Input_objects::Dynobj_iterator p = input_objects->dynobj_begin();
8209        p != input_objects->dynobj_end();
8210        ++p)
8211     {
8212       Sized_dynobj<size, big_endian>* dynobj =
8213         static_cast<Sized_dynobj<size, big_endian>*>(*p);
8214
8215       // Read processor-specific flags.
8216       const unsigned char* pehdr = dynobj->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset,
8217                                            elfcpp::Elf_sizes<size>::ehdr_size,
8218                                            true, false);
8219
8220       elfcpp::Ehdr<size, big_endian> ehdr(pehdr);
8221       elfcpp::Elf_Word in_flags = ehdr.get_e_flags();
8222       unsigned char ei_class = ehdr.get_e_ident()[elfcpp::EI_CLASS];
8223
8224       this->merge_processor_specific_flags(dynobj->name(), in_flags, ei_class,
8225                                            true);
8226     }
8227
8228   // Merge .reginfo contents of input objects.
8229   Valtype gprmask = 0;
8230   Valtype cprmask1 = 0;
8231   Valtype cprmask2 = 0;
8232   Valtype cprmask3 = 0;
8233   Valtype cprmask4 = 0;
8234   for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p = input_objects->relobj_begin();
8235        p != input_objects->relobj_end();
8236        ++p)
8237     {
8238       Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* relobj =
8239         Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>::as_mips_relobj(*p);
8240
8241       gprmask |= relobj->gprmask();
8242       cprmask1 |= relobj->cprmask1();
8243       cprmask2 |= relobj->cprmask2();
8244       cprmask3 |= relobj->cprmask3();
8245       cprmask4 |= relobj->cprmask4();
8246     }
8247
8248   if (this->plt_ != NULL)
8249     {
8250       // Set final PLT offsets for symbols.
8251       this->plt_section()->set_plt_offsets();
8252
8253       // Define _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ at the start of the .plt section.
8254       // Set STO_MICROMIPS flag if the output has microMIPS code, but only if
8255       // there are no standard PLT entries present.
8256       unsigned char nonvis = 0;
8257       if (this->is_output_micromips()
8258           && !this->plt_section()->has_standard_entries())
8259         nonvis = elfcpp::STO_MICROMIPS >> 2;
8260       symtab->define_in_output_data("_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_", NULL,
8261                                     Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
8262                                     this->plt_,
8263                                     0, 0, elfcpp::STT_FUNC,
8264                                     elfcpp::STB_LOCAL,
8265                                     elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT, nonvis,
8266                                     false, false);
8267     }
8268
8269   if (this->mips_stubs_ != NULL)
8270     {
8271       // Define _MIPS_STUBS_ at the start of the .MIPS.stubs section.
8272       unsigned char nonvis = 0;
8273       if (this->is_output_micromips())
8274         nonvis = elfcpp::STO_MICROMIPS >> 2;
8275       symtab->define_in_output_data("_MIPS_STUBS_", NULL,
8276                                     Symbol_table::PREDEFINED,
8277                                     this->mips_stubs_,
8278                                     0, 0, elfcpp::STT_FUNC,
8279                                     elfcpp::STB_LOCAL,
8280                                     elfcpp::STV_DEFAULT, nonvis,
8281                                     false, false);
8282     }
8283
8284   if (!parameters->options().relocatable() && !parameters->doing_static_link())
8285     // In case there is no .got section, create one.
8286     this->got_section(symtab, layout);
8287
8288   // Emit any relocs we saved in an attempt to avoid generating COPY
8289   // relocs.
8290   if (this->copy_relocs_.any_saved_relocs())
8291     this->copy_relocs_.emit_mips(this->rel_dyn_section(layout), symtab, layout,
8292                                  this);
8293
8294   // Emit dynamic relocs.
8295   for (typename std::vector<Dyn_reloc>::iterator p = this->dyn_relocs_.begin();
8296        p != this->dyn_relocs_.end();
8297        ++p)
8298     p->emit(this->rel_dyn_section(layout), this->got_section(), symtab);
8299
8300   if (this->has_got_section())
8301     this->got_section()->lay_out_got(layout, symtab, input_objects);
8302
8303   if (this->mips_stubs_ != NULL)
8304     this->mips_stubs_->set_needs_dynsym_value();
8305
8306   // Check for functions that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
8307   // TODO(sasa): Can we do this without iterating over all symbols?
8308   typedef Symbol_visitor_check_symbols<size, big_endian> Symbol_visitor;
8309   symtab->for_all_symbols<size, Symbol_visitor>(Symbol_visitor(this, layout,
8310                                                                symtab));
8311
8312   // Add NULL segment.
8313   if (!parameters->options().relocatable())
8314     layout->make_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_NULL, 0);
8315
8316   for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p = layout->section_list().begin();
8317        p != layout->section_list().end();
8318        ++p)
8319     {
8320       if ((*p)->type() == elfcpp::SHT_MIPS_REGINFO)
8321         {
8322           Mips_output_section_reginfo<size, big_endian>* reginfo =
8323             Mips_output_section_reginfo<size, big_endian>::
8324               as_mips_output_section_reginfo(*p);
8325
8326           reginfo->set_masks(gprmask, cprmask1, cprmask2, cprmask3, cprmask4);
8327
8328           if (!parameters->options().relocatable())
8329             {
8330               Output_segment* reginfo_segment =
8331                 layout->make_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_MIPS_REGINFO,
8332                                             elfcpp::PF_R);
8333               reginfo_segment->add_output_section_to_nonload(reginfo,
8334                                                              elfcpp::PF_R);
8335             }
8336         }
8337     }
8338
8339   // Fill in some more dynamic tags.
8340   // TODO(sasa): Add more dynamic tags.
8341   const Reloc_section* rel_plt = (this->plt_ == NULL
8342                                   ? NULL : this->plt_->rel_plt());
8343   layout->add_target_dynamic_tags(true, this->got_, rel_plt,
8344                                   this->rel_dyn_, true, false);
8345
8346   Output_data_dynamic* const odyn = layout->dynamic_data();
8347   if (odyn != NULL
8348       && !parameters->options().relocatable()
8349       && !parameters->doing_static_link())
8350   {
8351     unsigned int d_val;
8352     // This element holds a 32-bit version id for the Runtime
8353     // Linker Interface.  This will start at integer value 1.
8354     d_val = 0x01;
8355     odyn->add_constant(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION, d_val);
8356
8357     // Dynamic flags
8358     d_val = elfcpp::RHF_NOTPOT;
8359     odyn->add_constant(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_FLAGS, d_val);
8360
8361     // Save layout for using when emiting custom dynamic tags.
8362     this->layout_ = layout;
8363
8364     // This member holds the base address of the segment.
8365     odyn->add_custom(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS);
8366
8367     // This member holds the number of entries in the .dynsym section.
8368     odyn->add_custom(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO);
8369
8370     // This member holds the index of the first dynamic symbol
8371     // table entry that corresponds to an entry in the global offset table.
8372     odyn->add_custom(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_GOTSYM);
8373
8374     // This member holds the number of local GOT entries.
8375     odyn->add_constant(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO,
8376                        this->got_->get_local_gotno());
8377
8378     if (this->plt_ != NULL)
8379       // DT_MIPS_PLTGOT dynamic tag
8380       odyn->add_section_address(elfcpp::DT_MIPS_PLTGOT, this->got_plt_);
8381   }
8382  }
8383
8384 // Get the custom dynamic tag value.
8385 template<int size, bool big_endian>
8386 unsigned int
8387 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::do_dynamic_tag_custom_value(elfcpp::DT tag) const
8388 {
8389   switch (tag)
8390     {
8391     case elfcpp::DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS:
8392       {
8393         // The base address of the segment.
8394         // At this point, the segment list has been sorted into final order,
8395         // so just return vaddr of the first readable PT_LOAD segment.
8396         Output_segment* seg =
8397           this->layout_->find_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_LOAD, elfcpp::PF_R, 0);
8398         gold_assert(seg != NULL);
8399         return seg->vaddr();
8400       }
8401
8402     case elfcpp::DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO:
8403       // The number of entries in the .dynsym section.
8404       return this->get_dt_mips_symtabno();
8405
8406     case elfcpp::DT_MIPS_GOTSYM:
8407       {
8408         // The index of the first dynamic symbol table entry that corresponds
8409         // to an entry in the GOT.
8410         if (this->got_->first_global_got_dynsym_index() != -1U)
8411           return this->got_->first_global_got_dynsym_index();
8412         else
8413           // In case if we don't have global GOT symbols we default to setting
8414           // DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO.
8415           return this->get_dt_mips_symtabno();
8416       }
8417
8418     default:
8419       gold_error(_("Unknown dynamic tag 0x%x"), (unsigned int)tag);
8420     }
8421
8422   return (unsigned int)-1;
8423 }
8424
8425 // Relocate section data.
8426
8427 template<int size, bool big_endian>
8428 void
8429 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::relocate_section(
8430                         const Relocate_info<size, big_endian>* relinfo,
8431                         unsigned int sh_type,
8432                         const unsigned char* prelocs,
8433                         size_t reloc_count,
8434                         Output_section* output_section,
8435                         bool needs_special_offset_handling,
8436                         unsigned char* view,
8437                         Mips_address address,
8438                         section_size_type view_size,
8439                         const Reloc_symbol_changes* reloc_symbol_changes)
8440 {
8441   typedef Target_mips<size, big_endian> Mips;
8442   typedef typename Target_mips<size, big_endian>::Relocate Mips_relocate;
8443
8444   if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL)
8445     {
8446       typedef Mips_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, size, big_endian>
8447           Classify_reloc;
8448
8449       gold::relocate_section<size, big_endian, Mips, Mips_relocate,
8450                              gold::Default_comdat_behavior, Classify_reloc>(
8451         relinfo,
8452         this,
8453         prelocs,
8454         reloc_count,
8455         output_section,
8456         needs_special_offset_handling,
8457         view,
8458         address,
8459         view_size,
8460         reloc_symbol_changes);
8461     }
8462   else if (sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA)
8463     {
8464       typedef Mips_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, big_endian>
8465           Classify_reloc;
8466
8467       gold::relocate_section<size, big_endian, Mips, Mips_relocate,
8468                              gold::Default_comdat_behavior, Classify_reloc>(
8469         relinfo,
8470         this,
8471         prelocs,
8472         reloc_count,
8473         output_section,
8474         needs_special_offset_handling,
8475         view,
8476         address,
8477         view_size,
8478         reloc_symbol_changes);
8479     }
8480 }
8481
8482 // Return the size of a relocation while scanning during a relocatable
8483 // link.
8484
8485 unsigned int
8486 mips_get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int r_type, Relobj* object)
8487 {
8488   switch (r_type)
8489     {
8490     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE:
8491     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64:
8492     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
8493     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64:
8494       return 0;
8495
8496     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_32:
8497     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32:
8498     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
8499     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32:
8500     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32:
8501     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC32:
8502     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL32:
8503     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR:
8504       return 4;
8505
8506     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_16:
8507     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16:
8508     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LO16:
8509     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL16:
8510     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16:
8511     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16:
8512     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC16:
8513     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16:
8514     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8515     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16:
8516     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8517     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8518     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8519     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8520     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8521     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
8522     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
8523     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
8524     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
8525     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GPREL:
8526     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8527     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LITERAL:
8528     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8529     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
8530     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
8531     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8532     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8533       return 2;
8534
8535     // These relocations are not byte sized
8536     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26:
8537     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26:
8538       return 4;
8539
8540     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_COPY:
8541     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT:
8542       object->error(_("unexpected reloc %u in object file"), r_type);
8543       return 0;
8544
8545     default:
8546       object->error(_("unsupported reloc %u in object file"), r_type);
8547       return 0;
8548   }
8549 }
8550
8551 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
8552
8553 template<int size, bool big_endian>
8554 void
8555 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::scan_relocatable_relocs(
8556                         Symbol_table* symtab,
8557                         Layout* layout,
8558                         Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
8559                         unsigned int data_shndx,
8560                         unsigned int sh_type,
8561                         const unsigned char* prelocs,
8562                         size_t reloc_count,
8563                         Output_section* output_section,
8564                         bool needs_special_offset_handling,
8565                         size_t local_symbol_count,
8566                         const unsigned char* plocal_symbols,
8567                         Relocatable_relocs* rr)
8568 {
8569   typedef Mips_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, size, big_endian>
8570       Classify_reloc;
8571   typedef Mips_scan_relocatable_relocs<big_endian, Classify_reloc>
8572       Scan_relocatable_relocs;
8573
8574   gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL);
8575
8576   gold::scan_relocatable_relocs<size, big_endian, Scan_relocatable_relocs>(
8577     symtab,
8578     layout,
8579     object,
8580     data_shndx,
8581     prelocs,
8582     reloc_count,
8583     output_section,
8584     needs_special_offset_handling,
8585     local_symbol_count,
8586     plocal_symbols,
8587     rr);
8588 }
8589
8590 // Scan the relocs for --emit-relocs.
8591
8592 template<int size, bool big_endian>
8593 void
8594 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::emit_relocs_scan(
8595     Symbol_table* symtab,
8596     Layout* layout,
8597     Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
8598     unsigned int data_shndx,
8599     unsigned int sh_type,
8600     const unsigned char* prelocs,
8601     size_t reloc_count,
8602     Output_section* output_section,
8603     bool needs_special_offset_handling,
8604     size_t local_symbol_count,
8605     const unsigned char* plocal_syms,
8606     Relocatable_relocs* rr)
8607 {
8608   typedef Mips_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, size, big_endian>
8609       Classify_reloc;
8610   typedef gold::Default_emit_relocs_strategy<Classify_reloc>
8611       Emit_relocs_strategy;
8612
8613   gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL);
8614
8615   gold::scan_relocatable_relocs<size, big_endian, Emit_relocs_strategy>(
8616     symtab,
8617     layout,
8618     object,
8619     data_shndx,
8620     prelocs,
8621     reloc_count,
8622     output_section,
8623     needs_special_offset_handling,
8624     local_symbol_count,
8625     plocal_syms,
8626     rr);
8627 }
8628
8629 // Emit relocations for a section.
8630
8631 template<int size, bool big_endian>
8632 void
8633 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::relocate_relocs(
8634                         const Relocate_info<size, big_endian>* relinfo,
8635                         unsigned int sh_type,
8636                         const unsigned char* prelocs,
8637                         size_t reloc_count,
8638                         Output_section* output_section,
8639                         typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Off
8640                           offset_in_output_section,
8641                         unsigned char* view,
8642                         Mips_address view_address,
8643                         section_size_type view_size,
8644                         unsigned char* reloc_view,
8645                         section_size_type reloc_view_size)
8646 {
8647   typedef Mips_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, size, big_endian>
8648       Classify_reloc;
8649
8650   gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL);
8651
8652   gold::relocate_relocs<size, big_endian, Classify_reloc>(
8653     relinfo,
8654     prelocs,
8655     reloc_count,
8656     output_section,
8657     offset_in_output_section,
8658     view,
8659     view_address,
8660     view_size,
8661     reloc_view,
8662     reloc_view_size);
8663 }
8664
8665 // Perform target-specific processing in a relocatable link.  This is
8666 // only used if we use the relocation strategy RELOC_SPECIAL.
8667
8668 template<int size, bool big_endian>
8669 void
8670 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::relocate_special_relocatable(
8671     const Relocate_info<size, big_endian>* relinfo,
8672     unsigned int sh_type,
8673     const unsigned char* preloc_in,
8674     size_t relnum,
8675     Output_section* output_section,
8676     typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Off offset_in_output_section,
8677     unsigned char* view,
8678     Mips_address view_address,
8679     section_size_type,
8680     unsigned char* preloc_out)
8681 {
8682   // We can only handle REL type relocation sections.
8683   gold_assert(sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL);
8684
8685   typedef typename Reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_REL, size, big_endian>::Reloc
8686     Reltype;
8687   typedef typename Reloc_types<elfcpp::SHT_REL, size, big_endian>::Reloc_write
8688     Reltype_write;
8689
8690   typedef Mips_relocate_functions<size, big_endian> Reloc_funcs;
8691
8692   const Mips_address invalid_address = static_cast<Mips_address>(0) - 1;
8693
8694   Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object =
8695     Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>::as_mips_relobj(relinfo->object);
8696   const unsigned int local_count = object->local_symbol_count();
8697
8698   Reltype reloc(preloc_in);
8699   Reltype_write reloc_write(preloc_out);
8700
8701   elfcpp::Elf_types<32>::Elf_WXword r_info = reloc.get_r_info();
8702   const unsigned int r_sym = elfcpp::elf_r_sym<size>(r_info);
8703   const unsigned int r_type = elfcpp::elf_r_type<size>(r_info);
8704
8705   // Get the new symbol index.
8706   // We only use RELOC_SPECIAL strategy in local relocations.
8707   gold_assert(r_sym < local_count);
8708
8709   // We are adjusting a section symbol.  We need to find
8710   // the symbol table index of the section symbol for
8711   // the output section corresponding to input section
8712   // in which this symbol is defined.
8713   bool is_ordinary;
8714   unsigned int shndx = object->local_symbol_input_shndx(r_sym, &is_ordinary);
8715   gold_assert(is_ordinary);
8716   Output_section* os = object->output_section(shndx);
8717   gold_assert(os != NULL);
8718   gold_assert(os->needs_symtab_index());
8719   unsigned int new_symndx = os->symtab_index();
8720
8721   // Get the new offset--the location in the output section where
8722   // this relocation should be applied.
8723
8724   Mips_address offset = reloc.get_r_offset();
8725   Mips_address new_offset;
8726   if (offset_in_output_section != invalid_address)
8727     new_offset = offset + offset_in_output_section;
8728   else
8729     {
8730       section_offset_type sot_offset =
8731         convert_types<section_offset_type, Mips_address>(offset);
8732       section_offset_type new_sot_offset =
8733         output_section->output_offset(object, relinfo->data_shndx,
8734                                       sot_offset);
8735       gold_assert(new_sot_offset != -1);
8736       new_offset = new_sot_offset;
8737     }
8738
8739   // In an object file, r_offset is an offset within the section.
8740   // In an executable or dynamic object, generated by
8741   // --emit-relocs, r_offset is an absolute address.
8742   if (!parameters->options().relocatable())
8743     {
8744       new_offset += view_address;
8745       if (offset_in_output_section != invalid_address)
8746         new_offset -= offset_in_output_section;
8747     }
8748
8749   reloc_write.put_r_offset(new_offset);
8750   reloc_write.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info<32>(new_symndx, r_type));
8751
8752   // Handle the reloc addend.
8753   // The relocation uses a section symbol in the input file.
8754   // We are adjusting it to use a section symbol in the output
8755   // file.  The input section symbol refers to some address in
8756   // the input section.  We need the relocation in the output
8757   // file to refer to that same address.  This adjustment to
8758   // the addend is the same calculation we use for a simple
8759   // absolute relocation for the input section symbol.
8760
8761   const Symbol_value<size>* psymval = object->local_symbol(r_sym);
8762
8763   unsigned char* paddend = view + offset;
8764   typename Reloc_funcs::Status reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::STATUS_OKAY;
8765   switch (r_type)
8766     {
8767     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26:
8768       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::rel26(paddend, object, psymval,
8769           offset_in_output_section, true, 0, sh_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL, NULL,
8770           false /*TODO(sasa): cross mode jump*/, r_type, this->jal_to_bal());
8771       break;
8772
8773     default:
8774       gold_unreachable();
8775     }
8776
8777   // Report any errors.
8778   switch (reloc_status)
8779     {
8780     case Reloc_funcs::STATUS_OKAY:
8781       break;
8782     case Reloc_funcs::STATUS_OVERFLOW:
8783       gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, reloc.get_r_offset(),
8784                              _("relocation overflow"));
8785       break;
8786     case Reloc_funcs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC:
8787       gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, reloc.get_r_offset(),
8788         _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation"));
8789       break;
8790     default:
8791       gold_unreachable();
8792     }
8793 }
8794
8795 // Optimize the TLS relocation type based on what we know about the
8796 // symbol.  IS_FINAL is true if the final address of this symbol is
8797 // known at link time.
8798
8799 template<int size, bool big_endian>
8800 tls::Tls_optimization
8801 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::optimize_tls_reloc(bool, int)
8802 {
8803   // FIXME: Currently we do not do any TLS optimization.
8804   return tls::TLSOPT_NONE;
8805 }
8806
8807 // Scan a relocation for a local symbol.
8808
8809 template<int size, bool big_endian>
8810 inline void
8811 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::Scan::local(
8812                         Symbol_table* symtab,
8813                         Layout* layout,
8814                         Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target,
8815                         Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
8816                         unsigned int data_shndx,
8817                         Output_section* output_section,
8818                         const Relatype* rela,
8819                         const Reltype* rel,
8820                         unsigned int rel_type,
8821                         unsigned int r_type,
8822                         const elfcpp::Sym<size, big_endian>& lsym,
8823                         bool is_discarded)
8824 {
8825   if (is_discarded)
8826     return;
8827
8828   Mips_address r_offset;
8829   unsigned int r_sym;
8830   typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Swxword r_addend;
8831
8832   if (rel_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA)
8833     {
8834       r_offset = rela->get_r_offset();
8835       r_sym = Mips_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, big_endian>::
8836           get_r_sym(rela);
8837       r_addend = rela->get_r_addend();
8838     }
8839   else
8840     {
8841       r_offset = rel->get_r_offset();
8842       r_sym = Mips_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, size, big_endian>::
8843           get_r_sym(rel);
8844       r_addend = 0;
8845     }
8846
8847   Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* mips_obj =
8848     Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>::as_mips_relobj(object);
8849
8850   if (mips_obj->is_mips16_stub_section(data_shndx))
8851     {
8852       mips_obj->get_mips16_stub_section(data_shndx)
8853               ->new_local_reloc_found(r_type, r_sym);
8854     }
8855
8856   if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE)
8857     // R_MIPS_NONE is used in mips16 stub sections, to define the target of the
8858     // mips16 stub.
8859     return;
8860
8861   if (!mips16_call_reloc(r_type)
8862       && !mips_obj->section_allows_mips16_refs(data_shndx))
8863     // This reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub, if
8864     // there is one.  We ignore MIPS16 stub sections and .pdr section when
8865     // looking for relocs that would need to refer to MIPS16 stubs.
8866     mips_obj->add_local_non_16bit_call(r_sym);
8867
8868   if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
8869       && !mips_obj->section_allows_mips16_refs(data_shndx))
8870     mips_obj->add_local_16bit_call(r_sym);
8871
8872   switch (r_type)
8873     {
8874     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16:
8875     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16:
8876     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
8877     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
8878     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8879     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8880     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8881     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
8882     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
8883     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8884     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
8885     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
8886     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8887     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8888     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8889     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
8890     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
8891     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
8892     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8893     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
8894     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
8895     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
8896     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
8897     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8898     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
8899     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
8900     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
8901     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
8902     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
8903       // We need a GOT section.
8904       target->got_section(symtab, layout);
8905       break;
8906
8907     default:
8908       break;
8909     }
8910
8911   if (call_lo16_reloc(r_type)
8912       || got_lo16_reloc(r_type)
8913       || got_disp_reloc(r_type))
8914     {
8915       // We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation.  We
8916       // don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8917       // maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8918       // the segment.  Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8919       // R_MIPS*_CALL16.  We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8920       // R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8921       // R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16.
8922       Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>* got =
8923         target->got_section(symtab, layout);
8924       got->record_local_got_symbol(mips_obj, r_sym, r_addend, r_type, -1U);
8925     }
8926
8927   switch (r_type)
8928     {
8929     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16:
8930     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16:
8931     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
8932       gold_error(_("CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol "),
8933                  (unsigned long)r_offset);
8934       return;
8935
8936     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8937     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
8938     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16:
8939     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16:
8940     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
8941     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
8942     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
8943     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
8944     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
8945       {
8946         // This relocation needs a page entry in the GOT.
8947         // Get the section contents.
8948         section_size_type view_size = 0;
8949         const unsigned char* view = object->section_contents(data_shndx,
8950                                                              &view_size, false);
8951         view += r_offset;
8952
8953         Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(view);
8954         Valtype32 addend = (rel_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL ? val & 0xffff
8955                                                         : r_addend);
8956
8957         if (rel_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL && got16_reloc(r_type))
8958           target->got16_addends_.push_back(got16_addend<size, big_endian>(
8959               object, data_shndx, r_type, r_sym, addend));
8960         else
8961           target->got_section()->record_got_page_entry(mips_obj, r_sym, addend);
8962         break;
8963       }
8964
8965     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16:
8966     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16:
8967     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
8968       // Record the reloc so that we can check whether the corresponding LO16
8969       // part exists.
8970       if (rel_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL)
8971         target->got16_addends_.push_back(got16_addend<size, big_endian>(
8972             object, data_shndx, r_type, r_sym, 0));
8973       break;
8974
8975     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LO16:
8976     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16:
8977     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16:
8978       {
8979         if (rel_type != elfcpp::SHT_REL)
8980           break;
8981
8982         // Find corresponding GOT16/HI16 relocation.
8983
8984         // According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
8985         // be immediately following.  However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
8986         // relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
8987         // relocations for the same address.  In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
8988         // relocation may occur as one of these.  We permit a similar
8989         // extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
8990
8991         // In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but
8992         // keeps the corresponding HI16.  This is strictly speaking a
8993         // violation of the ABI but not immediately harmful.
8994
8995         typename std::list<got16_addend<size, big_endian> >::iterator it =
8996           target->got16_addends_.begin();
8997         while (it != target->got16_addends_.end())
8998           {
8999             got16_addend<size, big_endian> _got16_addend = *it;
9000
9001             // TODO(sasa): Split got16_addends_ list into two lists - one for
9002             // GOT16 relocs and the other for HI16 relocs.
9003
9004             // Report an error if we find HI16 or GOT16 reloc from the
9005             // previous section without the matching LO16 part.
9006             if (_got16_addend.object != object
9007                 || _got16_addend.shndx != data_shndx)
9008               {
9009                 gold_error("Can't find matching LO16 reloc");
9010                 break;
9011               }
9012
9013             if (_got16_addend.r_sym != r_sym
9014                 || !is_matching_lo16_reloc(_got16_addend.r_type, r_type))
9015               {
9016                 ++it;
9017                 continue;
9018               }
9019
9020             // We found a matching HI16 or GOT16 reloc for this LO16 reloc.
9021             // For GOT16, we need to calculate combined addend and record GOT page
9022             // entry.
9023             if (got16_reloc(_got16_addend.r_type))
9024               {
9025
9026                 section_size_type view_size = 0;
9027                 const unsigned char* view = object->section_contents(data_shndx,
9028                                                                      &view_size,
9029                                                                      false);
9030                 view += r_offset;
9031
9032                 Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(view);
9033                 int32_t addend = Bits<16>::sign_extend32(val & 0xffff);
9034
9035                 addend = (_got16_addend.addend << 16) + addend;
9036                 target->got_section()->record_got_page_entry(mips_obj, r_sym,
9037                                                              addend);
9038               }
9039
9040             it = target->got16_addends_.erase(it);
9041           }
9042         break;
9043       }
9044     }
9045
9046   switch (r_type)
9047     {
9048     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_32:
9049     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32:
9050     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_64:
9051       {
9052         if (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent())
9053           {
9054             // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
9055             // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
9056             // this location.
9057             Reloc_section* rel_dyn = target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
9058             rel_dyn->add_symbolless_local_addend(object, r_sym,
9059                                                  elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32,
9060                                                  output_section, data_shndx,
9061                                                  r_offset);
9062           }
9063         break;
9064       }
9065
9066     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
9067     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
9068     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
9069     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
9070     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
9071     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
9072     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
9073     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
9074     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
9075       {
9076         bool output_is_shared = parameters->options().shared();
9077         const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type
9078             = Target_mips<size, big_endian>::optimize_tls_reloc(
9079                                              !output_is_shared, r_type);
9080         switch (r_type)
9081           {
9082           case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
9083           case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
9084           case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
9085             if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
9086               {
9087                 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
9088                 // dtv-relative offset.
9089                 Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>* got =
9090                   target->got_section(symtab, layout);
9091                 unsigned int shndx = lsym.get_st_shndx();
9092                 bool is_ordinary;
9093                 shndx = object->adjust_sym_shndx(r_sym, shndx, &is_ordinary);
9094                 if (!is_ordinary)
9095                   {
9096                     object->error(_("local symbol %u has bad shndx %u"),
9097                                   r_sym, shndx);
9098                     break;
9099                   }
9100                 got->record_local_got_symbol(mips_obj, r_sym, r_addend, r_type,
9101                                              shndx);
9102               }
9103             else
9104               {
9105                 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
9106                 gold_unreachable();
9107               }
9108             break;
9109
9110           case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
9111           case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
9112           case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
9113             if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
9114               {
9115                 // We always record LDM symbols as local with index 0.
9116                 target->got_section()->record_local_got_symbol(mips_obj, 0,
9117                                                                r_addend, r_type,
9118                                                                -1U);
9119               }
9120             else
9121               {
9122                 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
9123                 gold_unreachable();
9124               }
9125             break;
9126           case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
9127           case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
9128           case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
9129             layout->set_has_static_tls();
9130             if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
9131               {
9132                 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
9133                 Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>* got =
9134                   target->got_section(symtab, layout);
9135                 got->record_local_got_symbol(mips_obj, r_sym, r_addend, r_type,
9136                                              -1U);
9137               }
9138             else
9139               {
9140                 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
9141                 gold_unreachable();
9142               }
9143             break;
9144
9145           default:
9146             gold_unreachable();
9147         }
9148       }
9149       break;
9150
9151     default:
9152       break;
9153     }
9154
9155   // Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
9156   // shared library.  Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
9157   // not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
9158   // will be fine.  Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
9159   // combined with R_MIPS_GOT16.
9160   if (parameters->options().shared())
9161     {
9162       switch (r_type)
9163         {
9164         case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16:
9165         case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16:
9166         case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
9167           // Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
9168           // no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation).
9169           if (r_sym == 0)
9170             break;
9171
9172           // FALLTHROUGH
9173
9174         case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26:
9175         case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26:
9176         case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
9177           gold_error(_("%s: relocation %u against `%s' can not be used when "
9178                        "making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
9179                      object->name().c_str(), r_type, "a local symbol");
9180         default:
9181           break;
9182         }
9183     }
9184 }
9185
9186 template<int size, bool big_endian>
9187 inline void
9188 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::Scan::local(
9189                         Symbol_table* symtab,
9190                         Layout* layout,
9191                         Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target,
9192                         Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
9193                         unsigned int data_shndx,
9194                         Output_section* output_section,
9195                         const Reltype& reloc,
9196                         unsigned int r_type,
9197                         const elfcpp::Sym<size, big_endian>& lsym,
9198                         bool is_discarded)
9199 {
9200   if (is_discarded)
9201     return;
9202
9203   local(
9204     symtab,
9205     layout,
9206     target,
9207     object,
9208     data_shndx,
9209     output_section,
9210     (const Relatype*) NULL,
9211     &reloc,
9212     elfcpp::SHT_REL,
9213     r_type,
9214     lsym, is_discarded);
9215 }
9216
9217
9218 template<int size, bool big_endian>
9219 inline void
9220 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::Scan::local(
9221                         Symbol_table* symtab,
9222                         Layout* layout,
9223                         Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target,
9224                         Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
9225                         unsigned int data_shndx,
9226                         Output_section* output_section,
9227                         const Relatype& reloc,
9228                         unsigned int r_type,
9229                         const elfcpp::Sym<size, big_endian>& lsym,
9230                         bool is_discarded)
9231 {
9232   if (is_discarded)
9233     return;
9234
9235   local(
9236     symtab,
9237     layout,
9238     target,
9239     object,
9240     data_shndx,
9241     output_section,
9242     &reloc,
9243     (const Reltype*) NULL,
9244     elfcpp::SHT_RELA,
9245     r_type,
9246     lsym, is_discarded);
9247 }
9248
9249 // Scan a relocation for a global symbol.
9250
9251 template<int size, bool big_endian>
9252 inline void
9253 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::Scan::global(
9254                                 Symbol_table* symtab,
9255                                 Layout* layout,
9256                                 Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target,
9257                                 Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
9258                                 unsigned int data_shndx,
9259                                 Output_section* output_section,
9260                                 const Relatype* rela,
9261                                 const Reltype* rel,
9262                                 unsigned int rel_type,
9263                                 unsigned int r_type,
9264                                 Symbol* gsym)
9265 {
9266   Mips_address r_offset;
9267   unsigned int r_sym;
9268   typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Swxword r_addend;
9269
9270   if (rel_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA)
9271     {
9272       r_offset = rela->get_r_offset();
9273       r_sym = Mips_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, big_endian>::
9274           get_r_sym(rela);
9275       r_addend = rela->get_r_addend();
9276     }
9277   else
9278     {
9279       r_offset = rel->get_r_offset();
9280       r_sym = Mips_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, size, big_endian>::
9281           get_r_sym(rel);
9282       r_addend = 0;
9283     }
9284
9285   Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* mips_obj =
9286     Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>::as_mips_relobj(object);
9287   Mips_symbol<size>* mips_sym = Mips_symbol<size>::as_mips_sym(gsym);
9288
9289   if (mips_obj->is_mips16_stub_section(data_shndx))
9290     {
9291       mips_obj->get_mips16_stub_section(data_shndx)
9292               ->new_global_reloc_found(r_type, mips_sym);
9293     }
9294
9295   if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE)
9296     // R_MIPS_NONE is used in mips16 stub sections, to define the target of the
9297     // mips16 stub.
9298     return;
9299
9300   if (!mips16_call_reloc(r_type)
9301       && !mips_obj->section_allows_mips16_refs(data_shndx))
9302     // This reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub, if
9303     // there is one.  We ignore MIPS16 stub sections and .pdr section when
9304     // looking for relocs that would need to refer to MIPS16 stubs.
9305     mips_sym->set_need_fn_stub();
9306
9307   // A reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ implies that we need a got
9308   // section.  We check here to avoid creating a dynamic reloc against
9309   // _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_.
9310   if (!target->has_got_section()
9311       && strcmp(gsym->name(), "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_") == 0)
9312     target->got_section(symtab, layout);
9313
9314   // We need PLT entries if there are static-only relocations against
9315   // an externally-defined function.  This can technically occur for
9316   // shared libraries if there are branches to the symbol, although it
9317   // is unlikely that this will be used in practice due to the short
9318   // ranges involved.  It can occur for any relative or absolute relocation
9319   // in executables; in that case, the PLT entry becomes the function's
9320   // canonical address.
9321   bool static_reloc = false;
9322
9323   // Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC to true if we can convert this
9324   // relocation into a dynamic one.
9325   bool can_make_dynamic = false;
9326   switch (r_type)
9327     {
9328     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16:
9329     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16:
9330     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
9331     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
9332     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
9333     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
9334     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
9335     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
9336     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
9337     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
9338     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
9339     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
9340     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16:
9341     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16:
9342     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
9343     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
9344     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
9345     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
9346     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
9347     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
9348     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
9349     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
9350     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
9351     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
9352     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
9353     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
9354     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
9355     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
9356     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
9357       // We need a GOT section.
9358       target->got_section(symtab, layout);
9359       break;
9360
9361     // This is just a hint; it can safely be ignored.  Don't set
9362     // has_static_relocs for the corresponding symbol.
9363     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR:
9364     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
9365       break;
9366
9367     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL16:
9368     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL32:
9369     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GPREL:
9370     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
9371       // TODO(sasa)
9372       // GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
9373       // regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule.  This is
9374       // important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
9375       // always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
9376       // against the symbol wouldn't.
9377       //constrain_symbol_p = FALSE;
9378       break;
9379
9380     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_32:
9381     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32:
9382     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_64:
9383       if (parameters->options().shared()
9384           || strcmp(gsym->name(), "__gnu_local_gp") != 0)
9385         {
9386           if (r_type != elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32)
9387             {
9388               static_reloc = true;
9389               mips_sym->set_pointer_equality_needed();
9390             }
9391           can_make_dynamic = true;
9392           break;
9393         }
9394       // Fall through.
9395
9396     default:
9397       // Most static relocations require pointer equality, except
9398       // for branches.
9399       mips_sym->set_pointer_equality_needed();
9400
9401       // Fall through.
9402
9403     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26:
9404     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC16:
9405     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26:
9406     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
9407     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
9408     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
9409     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
9410     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2:
9411       static_reloc = true;
9412       mips_sym->set_has_static_relocs();
9413       break;
9414     }
9415
9416   // If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
9417   // see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it.  We can
9418   // only do this if all references to the function are through call
9419   // relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
9420   // are much more efficient than PLT entries.
9421   switch (r_type)
9422     {
9423     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16:
9424     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16:
9425     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
9426     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
9427     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR:
9428     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
9429     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
9430     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
9431     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
9432       if (!mips_sym->no_lazy_stub())
9433         {
9434           if ((mips_sym->needs_plt_entry() && mips_sym->is_from_dynobj())
9435               // Calls from shared objects to undefined symbols of type
9436               // STT_NOTYPE need lazy-binding stub.
9437               || (mips_sym->is_undefined() && parameters->options().shared()))
9438             target->mips_stubs_section(layout)->make_entry(mips_sym);
9439         }
9440       break;
9441     default:
9442       {
9443         // We must not create a stub for a symbol that has relocations
9444         // related to taking the function's address.
9445         mips_sym->set_no_lazy_stub();
9446         target->remove_lazy_stub_entry(mips_sym);
9447         break;
9448       }
9449   }
9450
9451   if (relocation_needs_la25_stub<size, big_endian>(mips_obj, r_type,
9452                                                    mips_sym->is_mips16()))
9453     mips_sym->set_has_nonpic_branches();
9454
9455   // R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
9456   // and has a special meaning.
9457   bool gp_disp_against_hi16 = (!mips_obj->is_newabi()
9458                                && strcmp(gsym->name(), "_gp_disp") == 0
9459                                && (hi16_reloc(r_type) || lo16_reloc(r_type)));
9460   if (static_reloc && gsym->needs_plt_entry())
9461     {
9462       target->make_plt_entry(symtab, layout, mips_sym, r_type);
9463
9464       // Since this is not a PC-relative relocation, we may be
9465       // taking the address of a function.  In that case we need to
9466       // set the entry in the dynamic symbol table to the address of
9467       // the PLT entry.
9468       if (gsym->is_from_dynobj() && !parameters->options().shared())
9469         {
9470           gsym->set_needs_dynsym_value();
9471           // We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
9472           // giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT.  Set the
9473           // flag if there are any relocations in the binary where pointer
9474           // equality matters.
9475           if (mips_sym->pointer_equality_needed())
9476             mips_sym->set_mips_plt();
9477         }
9478     }
9479   if ((static_reloc || can_make_dynamic) && !gp_disp_against_hi16)
9480     {
9481       // Absolute addressing relocations.
9482       // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
9483       if (gsym->needs_dynamic_reloc(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type)))
9484         {
9485           if (gsym->may_need_copy_reloc())
9486             {
9487               target->copy_reloc(symtab, layout, object,
9488                                  data_shndx, output_section, gsym, *rel);
9489             }
9490           else if (can_make_dynamic)
9491             {
9492               // Create .rel.dyn section.
9493               target->rel_dyn_section(layout);
9494               target->dynamic_reloc(mips_sym, elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32, mips_obj,
9495                                     data_shndx, output_section, r_offset);
9496             }
9497           else
9498             gold_error(_("non-dynamic relocations refer to dynamic symbol %s"),
9499                        gsym->name());
9500         }
9501     }
9502
9503   bool for_call = false;
9504   switch (r_type)
9505     {
9506     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16:
9507     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16:
9508     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
9509     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
9510     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
9511     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
9512     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
9513       for_call = true;
9514       // Fall through.
9515
9516     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16:
9517     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16:
9518     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
9519     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
9520     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
9521     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
9522     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
9523     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
9524     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
9525       {
9526         // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
9527         Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>* got =
9528           target->got_section(symtab, layout);
9529         got->record_global_got_symbol(mips_sym, mips_obj, r_type, false,
9530                                       for_call);
9531         mips_sym->set_global_got_area(GGA_NORMAL);
9532       }
9533       break;
9534
9535     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
9536     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
9537       {
9538         // This relocation needs a page entry in the GOT.
9539         // Get the section contents.
9540         section_size_type view_size = 0;
9541         const unsigned char* view =
9542           object->section_contents(data_shndx, &view_size, false);
9543         view += r_offset;
9544
9545         Valtype32 val = elfcpp::Swap<32, big_endian>::readval(view);
9546         Valtype32 addend = (rel_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL ? val & 0xffff
9547                                                         : r_addend);
9548         Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>* got =
9549           target->got_section(symtab, layout);
9550         got->record_got_page_entry(mips_obj, r_sym, addend);
9551
9552         // If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
9553         // decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it.
9554         bool def_regular = (mips_sym->source() == Symbol::FROM_OBJECT
9555                             && !mips_sym->object()->is_dynamic()
9556                             && !mips_sym->is_undefined());
9557         if (!def_regular
9558             || (parameters->options().output_is_position_independent()
9559                 && !parameters->options().Bsymbolic()
9560                 && !mips_sym->is_forced_local()))
9561           {
9562             got->record_global_got_symbol(mips_sym, mips_obj, r_type, false,
9563                                           for_call);
9564             mips_sym->set_global_got_area(GGA_NORMAL);
9565           }
9566       }
9567       break;
9568
9569     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
9570     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
9571     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
9572     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
9573     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
9574     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
9575     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
9576     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
9577     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
9578       {
9579         const bool is_final = gsym->final_value_is_known();
9580         const tls::Tls_optimization optimized_type =
9581           Target_mips<size, big_endian>::optimize_tls_reloc(is_final, r_type);
9582
9583         switch (r_type)
9584           {
9585           case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
9586           case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
9587           case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
9588             if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
9589               {
9590                 // Create a pair of GOT entries for the module index and
9591                 // dtv-relative offset.
9592                 Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>* got =
9593                   target->got_section(symtab, layout);
9594                 got->record_global_got_symbol(mips_sym, mips_obj, r_type, false,
9595                                               false);
9596               }
9597             else
9598               {
9599                 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
9600                 gold_unreachable();
9601               }
9602             break;
9603
9604           case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
9605           case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
9606           case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
9607             if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
9608               {
9609                 // We always record LDM symbols as local with index 0.
9610                 target->got_section()->record_local_got_symbol(mips_obj, 0,
9611                                                                r_addend, r_type,
9612                                                                -1U);
9613               }
9614             else
9615               {
9616                 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
9617                 gold_unreachable();
9618               }
9619             break;
9620           case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
9621           case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
9622           case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
9623             layout->set_has_static_tls();
9624             if (optimized_type == tls::TLSOPT_NONE)
9625               {
9626                 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
9627                 Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>* got =
9628                   target->got_section(symtab, layout);
9629                 got->record_global_got_symbol(mips_sym, mips_obj, r_type, false,
9630                                               false);
9631               }
9632             else
9633               {
9634                 // FIXME: TLS optimization not supported yet.
9635                 gold_unreachable();
9636               }
9637             break;
9638
9639           default:
9640             gold_unreachable();
9641         }
9642       }
9643       break;
9644     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_COPY:
9645     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT:
9646       // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
9647       // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
9648       gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
9649                  object->name().c_str(), r_type);
9650       break;
9651
9652     default:
9653       break;
9654     }
9655
9656   // Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
9657   // shared library.  Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
9658   // not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
9659   // will be fine.  Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
9660   // combined with R_MIPS_GOT16.
9661   if (parameters->options().shared())
9662     {
9663       switch (r_type)
9664         {
9665         case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16:
9666         case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16:
9667         case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
9668           // Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
9669           // no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation).
9670           if (r_sym == 0)
9671             break;
9672
9673           // R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
9674           // and has a special meaning.
9675           if (!mips_obj->is_newabi() && strcmp(gsym->name(), "_gp_disp") == 0)
9676             break;
9677
9678           // FALLTHROUGH
9679
9680         case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26:
9681         case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26:
9682         case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
9683           gold_error(_("%s: relocation %u against `%s' can not be used when "
9684                        "making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
9685                      object->name().c_str(), r_type, gsym->name());
9686         default:
9687           break;
9688         }
9689     }
9690 }
9691
9692 template<int size, bool big_endian>
9693 inline void
9694 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::Scan::global(
9695                                 Symbol_table* symtab,
9696                                 Layout* layout,
9697                                 Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target,
9698                                 Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
9699                                 unsigned int data_shndx,
9700                                 Output_section* output_section,
9701                                 const Relatype& reloc,
9702                                 unsigned int r_type,
9703                                 Symbol* gsym)
9704 {
9705   global(
9706     symtab,
9707     layout,
9708     target,
9709     object,
9710     data_shndx,
9711     output_section,
9712     &reloc,
9713     (const Reltype*) NULL,
9714     elfcpp::SHT_RELA,
9715     r_type,
9716     gsym);
9717 }
9718
9719 template<int size, bool big_endian>
9720 inline void
9721 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::Scan::global(
9722                                 Symbol_table* symtab,
9723                                 Layout* layout,
9724                                 Target_mips<size, big_endian>* target,
9725                                 Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
9726                                 unsigned int data_shndx,
9727                                 Output_section* output_section,
9728                                 const Reltype& reloc,
9729                                 unsigned int r_type,
9730                                 Symbol* gsym)
9731 {
9732   global(
9733     symtab,
9734     layout,
9735     target,
9736     object,
9737     data_shndx,
9738     output_section,
9739     (const Relatype*) NULL,
9740     &reloc,
9741     elfcpp::SHT_REL,
9742     r_type,
9743     gsym);
9744 }
9745
9746 // Return whether a R_MIPS_32 relocation needs to be applied.
9747
9748 template<int size, bool big_endian>
9749 inline bool
9750 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::Relocate::should_apply_r_mips_32_reloc(
9751     const Mips_symbol<size>* gsym,
9752     unsigned int r_type,
9753     Output_section* output_section,
9754     Target_mips* target)
9755 {
9756   // If the output section is not allocated, then we didn't call
9757   // scan_relocs, we didn't create a dynamic reloc, and we must apply
9758   // the reloc here.
9759   if ((output_section->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC) == 0)
9760       return true;
9761
9762   if (gsym == NULL)
9763     return true;
9764   else
9765     {
9766       // For global symbols, we use the same helper routines used in the
9767       // scan pass.
9768       if (gsym->needs_dynamic_reloc(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type))
9769           && !gsym->may_need_copy_reloc())
9770         {
9771           // We have generated dynamic reloc (R_MIPS_REL32).
9772
9773           bool multi_got = false;
9774           if (target->has_got_section())
9775             multi_got = target->got_section()->multi_got();
9776           bool has_got_offset;
9777           if (!multi_got)
9778             has_got_offset = gsym->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD);
9779           else
9780             has_got_offset = gsym->global_gotoffset() != -1U;
9781           if (!has_got_offset)
9782             return true;
9783           else
9784             // Apply the relocation only if the symbol is in the local got.
9785             // Do not apply the relocation if the symbol is in the global
9786             // got.
9787             return symbol_references_local(gsym, gsym->has_dynsym_index());
9788         }
9789       else
9790         // We have not generated dynamic reloc.
9791         return true;
9792     }
9793 }
9794
9795 // Perform a relocation.
9796
9797 template<int size, bool big_endian>
9798 inline bool
9799 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::Relocate::relocate(
9800                         const Relocate_info<size, big_endian>* relinfo,
9801                         unsigned int rel_type,
9802                         Target_mips* target,
9803                         Output_section* output_section,
9804                         size_t relnum,
9805                         const unsigned char* preloc,
9806                         const Sized_symbol<size>* gsym,
9807                         const Symbol_value<size>* psymval,
9808                         unsigned char* view,
9809                         Mips_address address,
9810                         section_size_type)
9811 {
9812   Mips_address r_offset;
9813   unsigned int r_sym;
9814   unsigned int r_type;
9815   typename elfcpp::Elf_types<size>::Elf_Swxword r_addend;
9816
9817   if (rel_type == elfcpp::SHT_RELA)
9818     {
9819       const Relatype rela(preloc);
9820       r_offset = rela.get_r_offset();
9821       r_sym = Mips_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, big_endian>::
9822           get_r_sym(&rela);
9823       r_type = Mips_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_RELA, size, big_endian>::
9824           get_r_type(&rela);
9825       r_addend = rela.get_r_addend();
9826     }
9827   else
9828     {
9829
9830       const Reltype rel(preloc);
9831       r_offset = rel.get_r_offset();
9832       r_sym = Mips_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, size, big_endian>::
9833           get_r_sym(&rel);
9834       r_type = Mips_classify_reloc<elfcpp::SHT_REL, size, big_endian>::
9835           get_r_type(&rel);
9836       r_addend = 0;
9837     }
9838
9839   typedef Mips_relocate_functions<size, big_endian> Reloc_funcs;
9840   typename Reloc_funcs::Status reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::STATUS_OKAY;
9841
9842   Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>* object =
9843       Mips_relobj<size, big_endian>::as_mips_relobj(relinfo->object);
9844
9845   bool target_is_16_bit_code = false;
9846   bool target_is_micromips_code = false;
9847   bool cross_mode_jump;
9848
9849   Symbol_value<size> symval;
9850
9851   const Mips_symbol<size>* mips_sym = Mips_symbol<size>::as_mips_sym(gsym);
9852
9853   bool changed_symbol_value = false;
9854   if (gsym == NULL)
9855     {
9856       target_is_16_bit_code = object->local_symbol_is_mips16(r_sym);
9857       target_is_micromips_code = object->local_symbol_is_micromips(r_sym);
9858       if (target_is_16_bit_code || target_is_micromips_code)
9859         {
9860           // MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd.
9861           symval.set_output_value(psymval->value(object, 1));
9862           psymval = &symval;
9863           changed_symbol_value = true;
9864         }
9865     }
9866   else
9867     {
9868       target_is_16_bit_code = mips_sym->is_mips16();
9869       target_is_micromips_code = mips_sym->is_micromips();
9870
9871       // If this is a mips16/microMIPS text symbol, add 1 to the value to make
9872       // it odd.  This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
9873       // the right value when it is loaded into the PC.
9874
9875       if ((mips_sym->is_mips16() || mips_sym->is_micromips())
9876           && psymval->value(object, 0) != 0)
9877         {
9878           symval.set_output_value(psymval->value(object, 0) | 1);
9879           psymval = &symval;
9880           changed_symbol_value = true;
9881         }
9882
9883       // Pick the value to use for symbols defined in shared objects.
9884       if (mips_sym->use_plt_offset(Scan::get_reference_flags(r_type))
9885           || mips_sym->has_lazy_stub())
9886         {
9887           Mips_address value;
9888           if (!mips_sym->has_lazy_stub())
9889             {
9890               // Prefer a standard MIPS PLT entry.
9891               if (mips_sym->has_mips_plt_offset())
9892                 {
9893                   value = target->plt_section()->mips_entry_address(mips_sym);
9894                   target_is_micromips_code = false;
9895                   target_is_16_bit_code = false;
9896                 }
9897               else
9898                 {
9899                   value = (target->plt_section()->comp_entry_address(mips_sym)
9900                            + 1);
9901                   if (target->is_output_micromips())
9902                     target_is_micromips_code = true;
9903                   else
9904                     target_is_16_bit_code = true;
9905                 }
9906             }
9907           else
9908             value = target->mips_stubs_section()->stub_address(mips_sym);
9909
9910           symval.set_output_value(value);
9911           psymval = &symval;
9912         }
9913     }
9914
9915   // TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp".
9916   // Note that such a symbol must always be a global symbol.
9917   bool gp_disp = (gsym != NULL && (strcmp(gsym->name(), "_gp_disp") == 0)
9918                   && !object->is_newabi());
9919
9920   // TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "__gnu_local_gp".
9921   // Note that such a symbol must always be a global symbol.
9922   bool gnu_local_gp = gsym && (strcmp(gsym->name(), "__gnu_local_gp") == 0);
9923
9924
9925   if (gp_disp)
9926     {
9927       if (!hi16_reloc(r_type) && !lo16_reloc(r_type))
9928         gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, r_offset,
9929           _("relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only"
9930             " with R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations."));
9931     }
9932   else if (gnu_local_gp)
9933     {
9934       // __gnu_local_gp is _gp symbol.
9935       symval.set_output_value(target->adjusted_gp_value(object));
9936       psymval = &symval;
9937     }
9938
9939   // If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
9940   // to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
9941   //
9942   // (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
9943   //
9944   // (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
9945   //     non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
9946   //
9947   // (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions.
9948   if (r_type != elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
9949       && !parameters->options().relocatable()
9950       && ((mips_sym != NULL
9951            && mips_sym->has_mips16_fn_stub()
9952            && (r_type != elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16 || mips_sym->need_fn_stub()))
9953           || (mips_sym == NULL
9954               && object->get_local_mips16_fn_stub(r_sym) != NULL))
9955       && !object->section_allows_mips16_refs(relinfo->data_shndx))
9956     {
9957       // This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function.  We should
9958       // have already noticed that we were going to need the
9959       // stub.
9960       Mips_address value;
9961       if (mips_sym == NULL)
9962         value = object->get_local_mips16_fn_stub(r_sym)->output_address();
9963       else
9964         {
9965           gold_assert(mips_sym->need_fn_stub());
9966           if (mips_sym->has_la25_stub())
9967             value = target->la25_stub_section()->stub_address(mips_sym);
9968           else
9969             {
9970               value = mips_sym->template
9971                       get_mips16_fn_stub<big_endian>()->output_address();
9972             }
9973           }
9974       symval.set_output_value(value);
9975       psymval = &symval;
9976       changed_symbol_value = true;
9977
9978       // The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't.
9979       target_is_16_bit_code = false;
9980     }
9981   // If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
9982   // to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
9983   // Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
9984   // indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead.
9985   else if (r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26 && !parameters->options().relocatable()
9986            && ((mips_sym != NULL
9987                 && (mips_sym->has_mips16_call_stub()
9988                     || mips_sym->has_mips16_call_fp_stub()))
9989                || (mips_sym == NULL
9990                    && object->get_local_mips16_call_stub(r_sym) != NULL))
9991            && ((mips_sym != NULL && mips_sym->has_plt_offset())
9992                || !target_is_16_bit_code))
9993     {
9994       Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>* call_stub;
9995       if (mips_sym == NULL)
9996         call_stub = object->get_local_mips16_call_stub(r_sym);
9997       else
9998         {
9999           // If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
10000           // out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
10001           // file.
10002           if (mips_sym->has_mips16_call_stub()
10003               && mips_sym->has_mips16_call_fp_stub())
10004             {
10005               call_stub = NULL;
10006               for (unsigned int i = 1; i < object->shnum(); ++i)
10007                 {
10008                   if (object->is_mips16_call_fp_stub_section(i))
10009                     {
10010                       call_stub = mips_sym->template
10011                                   get_mips16_call_fp_stub<big_endian>();
10012                       break;
10013                     }
10014
10015                 }
10016               if (call_stub == NULL)
10017                 call_stub =
10018                   mips_sym->template get_mips16_call_stub<big_endian>();
10019             }
10020           else if (mips_sym->has_mips16_call_stub())
10021             call_stub = mips_sym->template get_mips16_call_stub<big_endian>();
10022           else
10023             call_stub = mips_sym->template get_mips16_call_fp_stub<big_endian>();
10024         }
10025
10026       symval.set_output_value(call_stub->output_address());
10027       psymval = &symval;
10028       changed_symbol_value = true;
10029     }
10030   // If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
10031   // non-PIC stub.
10032   else if (mips_sym != NULL
10033            && mips_sym->has_la25_stub()
10034            && relocation_needs_la25_stub<size, big_endian>(
10035                                        object, r_type, target_is_16_bit_code))
10036     {
10037       Mips_address value = target->la25_stub_section()->stub_address(mips_sym);
10038       if (mips_sym->is_micromips())
10039         value += 1;
10040       symval.set_output_value(value);
10041       psymval = &symval;
10042     }
10043   // For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
10044   // entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made.
10045   else if ((r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26
10046             || r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1)
10047           && !parameters->options().relocatable()
10048           && mips_sym != NULL
10049           && mips_sym->has_plt_offset()
10050           && mips_sym->has_comp_plt_offset()
10051           && mips_sym->has_mips_plt_offset())
10052     {
10053       Mips_address value = (target->plt_section()->comp_entry_address(mips_sym)
10054                             + 1);
10055       symval.set_output_value(value);
10056       psymval = &symval;
10057
10058       target_is_16_bit_code = !target->is_output_micromips();
10059       target_is_micromips_code = target->is_output_micromips();
10060     }
10061
10062   // Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together.
10063   if ((r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26 && target_is_micromips_code)
10064       || (micromips_branch_reloc(r_type) && target_is_16_bit_code))
10065    {
10066       gold_error(_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
10067    }
10068
10069   // Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
10070   // mode change.  However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
10071   // which should never be executed at runtime.  This exception is important
10072   // because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
10073   // symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
10074   // acceptable.
10075   cross_mode_jump =
10076     (!parameters->options().relocatable()
10077      && !(gsym != NULL && gsym->is_weak_undefined())
10078      && ((r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26 && !target_is_16_bit_code)
10079          || (r_type == elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 && !target_is_micromips_code)
10080          || ((r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_26 || r_type == elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR)
10081              && (target_is_16_bit_code || target_is_micromips_code))));
10082
10083   bool local = (mips_sym == NULL
10084                 || (mips_sym->got_only_for_calls()
10085                     ? symbol_calls_local(mips_sym, mips_sym->has_dynsym_index())
10086                     : symbol_references_local(mips_sym,
10087                                               mips_sym->has_dynsym_index())));
10088
10089   // Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
10090   // to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP.  The addend is applied by the
10091   // corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST.
10092   if (got_page_reloc(r_type) && !local)
10093     r_type = (micromips_reloc(r_type) ? elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
10094                                       : elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP);
10095
10096   unsigned int got_offset = 0;
10097   int gp_offset = 0;
10098
10099   bool update_got_entry = false;
10100   bool extract_addend = rel_type == elfcpp::SHT_REL;
10101   switch (r_type)
10102     {
10103     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE:
10104       break;
10105     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_16:
10106       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::rel16(view, object, psymval, r_addend,
10107                                         extract_addend, r_type);
10108       break;
10109
10110     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_32:
10111       if (should_apply_r_mips_32_reloc(mips_sym, r_type, output_section,
10112                                        target))
10113         reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::rel32(view, object, psymval, r_addend,
10114                                           extract_addend, r_type);
10115       if (mips_sym != NULL
10116           && (mips_sym->is_mips16() || mips_sym->is_micromips())
10117           && mips_sym->global_got_area() == GGA_RELOC_ONLY)
10118         {
10119           // If mips_sym->has_mips16_fn_stub() is false, symbol value is
10120           // already updated by adding +1.
10121           if (mips_sym->has_mips16_fn_stub())
10122             {
10123               gold_assert(mips_sym->need_fn_stub());
10124               Mips16_stub_section<size, big_endian>* fn_stub =
10125                 mips_sym->template get_mips16_fn_stub<big_endian>();
10126
10127               symval.set_output_value(fn_stub->output_address());
10128               psymval = &symval;
10129             }
10130           got_offset = mips_sym->global_gotoffset();
10131           update_got_entry = true;
10132         }
10133       break;
10134
10135     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32:
10136       gold_unreachable();
10137
10138     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC32:
10139       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relpc32(view, object, psymval, address,
10140                                           r_addend, extract_addend, r_type);
10141       break;
10142
10143     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26:
10144       // The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
10145       // R_MIPS_26.  It's only the storage of the relocated field into
10146       // the output file that's different.  So, we just fall through to the
10147       // R_MIPS_26 case here.
10148     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26:
10149     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
10150       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::rel26(view, object, psymval, address,
10151           gsym == NULL, r_addend, extract_addend, gsym, cross_mode_jump, r_type,
10152           target->jal_to_bal());
10153       break;
10154
10155     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16:
10156     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16:
10157     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
10158       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relhi16(view, object, psymval, r_addend,
10159                                           address, gp_disp, r_type, r_sym,
10160                                           extract_addend);
10161       break;
10162
10163     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LO16:
10164     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16:
10165     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16:
10166     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16:
10167       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::rello16(target, view, object, psymval,
10168                                           r_addend, extract_addend, address,
10169                                           gp_disp, r_type, r_sym);
10170       break;
10171
10172     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LITERAL:
10173     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL:
10174       // Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
10175       // just like R_MIPS_GPREL16.  In the long run, we should merge
10176       // shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
10177       // here.
10178
10179       // Fall through.
10180
10181     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL16:
10182     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GPREL:
10183     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2:
10184     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16:
10185       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgprel(view, object, psymval,
10186                                            target->adjusted_gp_value(object),
10187                                            r_addend, extract_addend,
10188                                            gsym == NULL, r_type);
10189       break;
10190
10191     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC16:
10192       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relpc16(view, object, psymval, address,
10193                                           r_addend, extract_addend, r_type);
10194       break;
10195     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1:
10196       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relmicromips_pc7_s1(view, object, psymval,
10197                                                       address, r_addend,
10198                                                       extract_addend, r_type);
10199       break;
10200     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1:
10201       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relmicromips_pc10_s1(view, object, psymval,
10202                                                        address, r_addend,
10203                                                        extract_addend, r_type);
10204       break;
10205     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1:
10206       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relmicromips_pc16_s1(view, object, psymval,
10207                                                        address, r_addend,
10208                                                        extract_addend, r_type);
10209       break;
10210     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL32:
10211       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgprel32(view, object, psymval,
10212                                              target->adjusted_gp_value(object),
10213                                              r_addend, extract_addend, r_type);
10214       break;
10215     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
10216     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
10217     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
10218     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
10219       if (gsym != NULL)
10220         got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD,
10221                                                        object);
10222       else
10223         got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD,
10224                                                        object);
10225       gp_offset = target->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset, object);
10226       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgot_hi16(view, gp_offset, r_type);
10227       update_got_entry = changed_symbol_value;
10228       break;
10229
10230     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
10231     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
10232     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
10233     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
10234       if (gsym != NULL)
10235         got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD,
10236                                                        object);
10237       else
10238         got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD,
10239                                                        object);
10240       gp_offset = target->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset, object);
10241       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgot_lo16(view, gp_offset, r_type);
10242       update_got_entry = changed_symbol_value;
10243       break;
10244
10245     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
10246     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP:
10247       if (gsym != NULL)
10248         got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD,
10249                                                        object);
10250       else
10251         got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD,
10252                                                        object);
10253       gp_offset = target->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset, object);
10254       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgot(view, gp_offset, r_type);
10255       break;
10256
10257     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16:
10258     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16:
10259     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
10260       gold_assert(gsym != NULL);
10261       got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(gsym, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD,
10262                                                      object);
10263       gp_offset = target->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset, object);
10264       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgot(view, gp_offset, r_type);
10265       // TODO(sasa): We should also initialize update_got_entry in other places
10266       // where relgot is called.
10267       update_got_entry = changed_symbol_value;
10268       break;
10269
10270     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16:
10271     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16:
10272     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
10273       if (gsym != NULL)
10274         {
10275           got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(gsym,
10276                                                          GOT_TYPE_STANDARD,
10277                                                          object);
10278           gp_offset = target->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset, object);
10279           reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgot(view, gp_offset, r_type);
10280         }
10281       else
10282         reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgot16_local(view, object, psymval,
10283                                                    r_addend, extract_addend,
10284                                                    r_type, r_sym);
10285       update_got_entry = changed_symbol_value;
10286       break;
10287
10288     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
10289     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
10290     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
10291       if (gsym != NULL)
10292         got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(gsym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR,
10293                                                        object);
10294       else
10295         got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(r_sym, GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR,
10296                                                        object);
10297       gp_offset = target->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset, object);
10298       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgot(view, gp_offset, r_type);
10299       break;
10300
10301     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
10302     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
10303     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
10304       if (gsym != NULL)
10305         got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(gsym,
10306                                                        GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET,
10307                                                        object);
10308       else
10309         got_offset = target->got_section()->got_offset(r_sym,
10310                                                        GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET,
10311                                                        object);
10312       gp_offset = target->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset, object);
10313       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgot(view, gp_offset, r_type);
10314       break;
10315
10316     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
10317     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM:
10318     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM:
10319       // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
10320       // the module index.
10321       got_offset = target->got_section()->tls_ldm_offset(object);
10322       gp_offset = target->got_section()->gp_offset(got_offset, object);
10323       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgot(view, gp_offset, r_type);
10324       break;
10325
10326     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
10327     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE:
10328       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgotpage(target, view, object, psymval,
10329                                              r_addend, extract_addend, r_type);
10330       break;
10331
10332     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
10333     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST:
10334       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relgotofst(target, view, object, psymval,
10335                                              r_addend, extract_addend, local,
10336                                              r_type);
10337       break;
10338
10339     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR:
10340     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
10341       // This relocation is only a hint.  In some cases, we optimize
10342       // it into a bal instruction.  But we don't try to optimize
10343       // when the symbol does not resolve locally.
10344       if (gsym == NULL || symbol_calls_local(gsym, gsym->has_dynsym_index()))
10345         reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::reljalr(view, object, psymval, address,
10346                                             r_addend, extract_addend,
10347                                             cross_mode_jump, r_type,
10348                                             target->jalr_to_bal(),
10349                                             target->jr_to_b());
10350       break;
10351
10352     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
10353     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
10354     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
10355       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::tlsrelhi16(view, object, psymval,
10356                                              elfcpp::DTP_OFFSET, r_addend,
10357                                              extract_addend, r_type);
10358       break;
10359     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
10360     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
10361     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
10362       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::tlsrello16(view, object, psymval,
10363                                              elfcpp::DTP_OFFSET, r_addend,
10364                                              extract_addend, r_type);
10365       break;
10366     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
10367     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
10368       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::tlsrel32(view, object, psymval,
10369                                            elfcpp::DTP_OFFSET, r_addend,
10370                                            extract_addend, r_type);
10371       break;
10372     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
10373     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
10374     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
10375       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::tlsrelhi16(view, object, psymval,
10376                                              elfcpp::TP_OFFSET, r_addend,
10377                                              extract_addend, r_type);
10378       break;
10379     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
10380     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
10381     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
10382       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::tlsrello16(view, object, psymval,
10383                                              elfcpp::TP_OFFSET, r_addend,
10384                                              extract_addend, r_type);
10385       break;
10386     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32:
10387     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64:
10388       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::tlsrel32(view, object, psymval,
10389                                            elfcpp::TP_OFFSET, r_addend,
10390                                            extract_addend, r_type);
10391       break;
10392     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_SUB:
10393     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_SUB:
10394       reloc_status = Reloc_funcs::relsub(view, object, psymval, r_addend,
10395                                          extract_addend, r_type);
10396       break;
10397     default:
10398       gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, r_offset,
10399                              _("unsupported reloc %u"), r_type);
10400       break;
10401     }
10402
10403   if (update_got_entry)
10404     {
10405       Mips_output_data_got<size, big_endian>* got = target->got_section();
10406       if (mips_sym != NULL && mips_sym->get_applied_secondary_got_fixup())
10407         got->update_got_entry(got->get_primary_got_offset(mips_sym),
10408                               psymval->value(object, 0));
10409       else
10410         got->update_got_entry(got_offset, psymval->value(object, 0));
10411     }
10412
10413   // Report any errors.
10414   switch (reloc_status)
10415     {
10416     case Reloc_funcs::STATUS_OKAY:
10417       break;
10418     case Reloc_funcs::STATUS_OVERFLOW:
10419       gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, r_offset,
10420                              _("relocation overflow"));
10421       break;
10422     case Reloc_funcs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC:
10423       gold_error_at_location(relinfo, relnum, r_offset,
10424         _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation"));
10425       break;
10426     default:
10427       gold_unreachable();
10428     }
10429
10430   return true;
10431 }
10432
10433 // Get the Reference_flags for a particular relocation.
10434
10435 template<int size, bool big_endian>
10436 int
10437 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::Scan::get_reference_flags(
10438                        unsigned int r_type)
10439 {
10440   switch (r_type)
10441     {
10442     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_NONE:
10443       // No symbol reference.
10444       return 0;
10445
10446     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_16:
10447     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_32:
10448     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_64:
10449     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_HI16:
10450     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LO16:
10451     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_HI16:
10452     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_LO16:
10453     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_HI16:
10454     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_LO16:
10455       return Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF;
10456
10457     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_26:
10458     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_26:
10459     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_26_S1:
10460       return Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL | Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF;
10461
10462     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL32:
10463     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GPREL16:
10464     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_REL32:
10465     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GPREL:
10466       return Symbol::RELATIVE_REF;
10467
10468     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC16:
10469     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_PC32:
10470     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JALR:
10471     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_JALR:
10472       return Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL | Symbol::RELATIVE_REF;
10473
10474     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT16:
10475     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL16:
10476     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_DISP:
10477     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_HI16:
10478     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_LO16:
10479     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_HI16:
10480     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_CALL_LO16:
10481     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_LITERAL:
10482     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE:
10483     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_GOT_OFST:
10484     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_GOT16:
10485     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_CALL16:
10486     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT16:
10487     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL16:
10488     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16:
10489     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16:
10490     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16:
10491     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16:
10492       // Absolute in GOT.
10493       return Symbol::RELATIVE_REF;
10494
10495     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32:
10496     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32:
10497     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64:
10498     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64:
10499     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GD:
10500     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_LDM:
10501     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16:
10502     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16:
10503     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
10504     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32:
10505     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64:
10506     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
10507     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
10508     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GD:
10509     case elfcpp::R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL:
10510     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD:
10511     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL:
10512     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16:
10513     case elfcpp::R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16:
10514       return Symbol::TLS_REF;
10515
10516     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_COPY:
10517     case elfcpp::R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT:
10518     default:
10519       gold_unreachable();
10520       // Not expected.  We will give an error later.
10521       return 0;
10522     }
10523 }
10524
10525 // Report an unsupported relocation against a local symbol.
10526
10527 template<int size, bool big_endian>
10528 void
10529 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_local(
10530                         Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
10531                         unsigned int r_type)
10532 {
10533   gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"),
10534              object->name().c_str(), r_type);
10535 }
10536
10537 // Report an unsupported relocation against a global symbol.
10538
10539 template<int size, bool big_endian>
10540 void
10541 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_global(
10542                         Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian>* object,
10543                         unsigned int r_type,
10544                         Symbol* gsym)
10545 {
10546   gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"),
10547              object->name().c_str(), r_type, gsym->demangled_name().c_str());
10548 }
10549
10550 // Return printable name for ABI.
10551 template<int size, bool big_endian>
10552 const char*
10553 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::elf_mips_abi_name(elfcpp::Elf_Word e_flags,
10554                                                  unsigned char ei_class)
10555 {
10556   switch (e_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI)
10557     {
10558     case 0:
10559       if ((e_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
10560         return "N32";
10561       else if (elfcpp::abi_64(ei_class))
10562         return "64";
10563       else
10564         return "none";
10565     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ABI_O32:
10566       return "O32";
10567     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ABI_O64:
10568       return "O64";
10569     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32:
10570       return "EABI32";
10571     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64:
10572       return "EABI64";
10573     default:
10574       return "unknown abi";
10575     }
10576 }
10577
10578 template<int size, bool big_endian>
10579 const char*
10580 Target_mips<size, big_endian>::elf_mips_mach_name(elfcpp::Elf_Word e_flags)
10581 {
10582   switch (e_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_MACH)
10583     {
10584     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_3900:
10585       return "mips:3900";
10586     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4010:
10587       return "mips:4010";
10588     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4100:
10589       return "mips:4100";
10590     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4111:
10591       return "mips:4111";
10592     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4120:
10593       return "mips:4120";
10594     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_4650:
10595       return "mips:4650";
10596     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_5400:
10597       return "mips:5400";
10598     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_5500:
10599       return "mips:5500";
10600     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_SB1:
10601       return "mips:sb1";
10602     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_9000:
10603       return "mips:9000";
10604     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E:
10605       return "mips:loongson-2e";
10606     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F:
10607       return "mips:loongson-2f";
10608     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A:
10609       return "mips:loongson-3a";
10610     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON:
10611       return "mips:octeon";
10612     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2:
10613       return "mips:octeon2";
10614     case elfcpp::E_MIPS_MACH_XLR:
10615       return "mips:xlr";
10616     default:
10617       switch (e_flags & elfcpp::EF_MIPS_ARCH)
10618         {
10619         default:
10620         case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_1:
10621           return "mips:3000";
10622
10623         case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_2:
10624           return "mips:6000";
10625
10626         case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_3:
10627           return "mips:4000";
10628
10629         case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_4:
10630           return "mips:8000";
10631
10632         case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_5:
10633           return "mips:mips5";
10634
10635         case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_32:
10636           return "mips:isa32";
10637
10638         case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_64:
10639           return "mips:isa64";
10640
10641         case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2:
10642           return "mips:isa32r2";
10643
10644         case elfcpp::E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2:
10645           return "mips:isa64r2";
10646         }
10647     }
10648     return "unknown CPU";
10649 }
10650
10651 template<int size, bool big_endian>
10652 const Target::Target_info Target_mips<size, big_endian>::mips_info =
10653 {
10654   size,                 // size
10655   big_endian,           // is_big_endian
10656   elfcpp::EM_MIPS,      // machine_code
10657   true,                 // has_make_symbol
10658   false,                // has_resolve
10659   false,                // has_code_fill
10660   true,                 // is_default_stack_executable
10661   false,                // can_icf_inline_merge_sections
10662   '\0',                 // wrap_char
10663   "/lib/ld.so.1",       // dynamic_linker
10664   0x400000,             // default_text_segment_address
10665   64 * 1024,            // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
10666   4 * 1024,             // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
10667   false,                // isolate_execinstr
10668   0,                    // rosegment_gap
10669   elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF,    // small_common_shndx
10670   elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF,    // large_common_shndx
10671   0,                    // small_common_section_flags
10672   0,                    // large_common_section_flags
10673   NULL,                 // attributes_section
10674   NULL,                 // attributes_vendor
10675   "__start",            // entry_symbol_name
10676   32,                   // hash_entry_size
10677 };
10678
10679 template<int size, bool big_endian>
10680 class Target_mips_nacl : public Target_mips<size, big_endian>
10681 {
10682  public:
10683   Target_mips_nacl()
10684     : Target_mips<size, big_endian>(&mips_nacl_info)
10685   { }
10686
10687  private:
10688   static const Target::Target_info mips_nacl_info;
10689 };
10690
10691 template<int size, bool big_endian>
10692 const Target::Target_info Target_mips_nacl<size, big_endian>::mips_nacl_info =
10693 {
10694   size,                 // size
10695   big_endian,           // is_big_endian
10696   elfcpp::EM_MIPS,      // machine_code
10697   true,                 // has_make_symbol
10698   false,                // has_resolve
10699   false,                // has_code_fill
10700   true,                 // is_default_stack_executable
10701   false,                // can_icf_inline_merge_sections
10702   '\0',                 // wrap_char
10703   "/lib/ld.so.1",       // dynamic_linker
10704   0x20000,              // default_text_segment_address
10705   0x10000,              // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
10706   0x10000,              // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
10707   true,                 // isolate_execinstr
10708   0x10000000,           // rosegment_gap
10709   elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF,    // small_common_shndx
10710   elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF,    // large_common_shndx
10711   0,                    // small_common_section_flags
10712   0,                    // large_common_section_flags
10713   NULL,                 // attributes_section
10714   NULL,                 // attributes_vendor
10715   "_start",             // entry_symbol_name
10716   32,                   // hash_entry_size
10717 };
10718
10719 // Target selector for Mips.  Note this is never instantiated directly.
10720 // It's only used in Target_selector_mips_nacl, below.
10721
10722 template<int size, bool big_endian>
10723 class Target_selector_mips : public Target_selector
10724 {
10725 public:
10726   Target_selector_mips()
10727     : Target_selector(elfcpp::EM_MIPS, size, big_endian,
10728                 (size == 64 ?
10729                   (big_endian ? "elf64-tradbigmips" : "elf64-tradlittlemips") :
10730                   (big_endian ? "elf32-tradbigmips" : "elf32-tradlittlemips")),
10731                 (size == 64 ?
10732                   (big_endian ? "elf64-tradbigmips" : "elf64-tradlittlemips") :
10733                   (big_endian ? "elf32-tradbigmips" : "elf32-tradlittlemips")))
10734   { }
10735
10736   Target* do_instantiate_target()
10737   { return new Target_mips<size, big_endian>(); }
10738 };
10739
10740 template<int size, bool big_endian>
10741 class Target_selector_mips_nacl
10742   : public Target_selector_nacl<Target_selector_mips<size, big_endian>,
10743                                 Target_mips_nacl<size, big_endian> >
10744 {
10745  public:
10746   Target_selector_mips_nacl()
10747     : Target_selector_nacl<Target_selector_mips<size, big_endian>,
10748                            Target_mips_nacl<size, big_endian> >(
10749         // NaCl currently supports only MIPS32 little-endian.
10750         "mipsel", "elf32-tradlittlemips-nacl", "elf32-tradlittlemips-nacl")
10751   { }
10752 };
10753
10754 Target_selector_mips_nacl<32, true> target_selector_mips32;
10755 Target_selector_mips_nacl<32, false> target_selector_mips32el;
10756 Target_selector_mips_nacl<64, true> target_selector_mips64;
10757 Target_selector_mips_nacl<64, false> target_selector_mips64el;
10758
10759 } // End anonymous namespace.